You are on page 1of 190

Aplicaes industriais

Aplicaciones industriales
Industrial applications

Motores Eltricos
Motores Elctricos
Electric Motors

2010 | 2011

pt

es

en

Motores Eltricos
Bosch - A melhor
escolha.

Motores Elctricos
Bosch - La mejor
eleccin.

Electric Motors
Bosch The best
choice.

A Bosch, lder mundial em desenvolvimento



  
  
 
de auto peas, sinnimo de produtos
  
Eltricos, por exemplo, sua versatilidade
  

 


industriais, permite que ela se adapte

    
 




   
 
 
  
 !
de motores de corrente contnua, ventiladores
  "# $
%!
&  
  $
 "
'  !(
 
    
   

 

 

 





  
) $
!' 


 

Bosch, lder mundial en desarrollo y es uno de


*
  
 
de auto partes, es sinnimo de productos
  # 
Elctricos, por ejemplo, su versatilidad como
proveedora de las ms diversas divisiones
industriales permite que ella se adapte
   
 
 
 
+ 




   & - -
total a la aplicacin de motores de corriente

 
-  
.# $
%


   
 $
 "' 
 
/(

  
  
de aplicaciones y adaptabilidad superior a los
*
 

-  *


 
 0)*
'  

- 

Bosch, worldwide leader in development,


  
  
  

 --

1# 
2

 
 

- 







 3 

  - -43





  -
and total support to direct current motors,
3  
 
%
# 
 
3

  
 35-
' 3
(-
  
 3
 
 
 
   

-
 

 
 
 
  -
 
%
- 
' -
  

pt

es

Contedo

en

Contenido

Content

Informaes / Informaciones / Information

A5

Garantia de qualidade
mundial Bosch
#'
 ! 6

A11

Explicacin de los parmetros

A17

Parameter explanation

A23

+

  * 
#'  
 
industriais

A4

A83

Garanta de calidad
mundial Bosch

Bosch worldwide
quality warranty

+

   
Ejemplos de aplicaciones
industriales

73
  
#'  


applications

Caractersticas tcnicas dos motores / Caractersticas tcnicas de los motores / Engines technical features
B24

)89(:9;

B28

<+

B31

7

B34

=

B36

+9%

B44

DPB

B45

DPD

B46

DPG

B51

;%

B53

GPA

B58

GPB

B59

;9+

B62

;98(+89

B63

+#9

B75

+79

B82

#:9

NOTAS

NOTAS

NOTES

# *  
  

  
 
$
  '

  

   
  
   

 
 
# 0 


     
?


&
 ) 
      
 ! !
0  

    
  %@

  
 

  





# *  
  * 


    
 

$
  '

  


   
  0
? 

 
 
#- 


     



&
 )

  
en cualquier otra aplicacin que no sea de las


     
%@

   
 

  

 
 

5
  
 
  
and all technical data usually required by

  

 
  
53

 -


 

-%


 - 
 
 


we recommend that you always consult Bosch
 
  -
 
 
 
 



<0 '
 !
sobre as tabelas
 *
 )>

Vase explicacin
sobre las tablas
 *
 )>

2 )>
'  

 

A4 | ;  
 
 
%(;  & 
 
%(%3 3
 
-3  -

pt

es

en

Garantia de
qualidade mundial
Bosch.

Garanta de
calidad mundial
Bosch.

Bosch worldwide
quality warranty.

2    


   
 !       K

  
 ?
;  
 
   
&

L'


 $  
  IFF>< !
contnua, podendo adicionalmente, contar com
7 
)

 
 %
 

  * 
  
     

    K'


 


 # 

  
 ! 
 %!
  
 *
 
      
 ! M
   
&


2   


  
mejor solucin para cada caso, con alta potencia
-  
 ?
; 
  
 

 -  N

 
L'


    0 
IF-F>< 

/
 
pudiendo adicionalmente, contar con los
7 
. 


 %
 

   
  
 N&     
    $'
 
*N-

 
#   
 
 
 
/-
 %   & 
 
 -      
 

 
/ 0O- 
   
&


With a compact structure provide the best


 
  3

3 
 
- 5 C



 
L'


-

 3
 3C 3IF
F>< 
  
 


 -7 
% 
-

3 3

 3 -  -4 


 

-  
 - 


  

-) 
3   
  
-

%      
reliable and totally adapted to any assembly
situation solutions inside and outside the
 
-

Centros de produo Bosch no mundo todo / Centros de produccin Bosch en todo el mundo /
Bosch worldwide production sites:
f 5  
$'
($'
('

f Albion,
#Q)(##QQ(Q2)
f + 
 
% 
(% 
(% 

f +  
#  (# N (2

f Bhl,
)   ()  
(
Germany
f 
C 
7
(7& (7 -

) %() %(%)


) C

f Brits,
R
 2 (2*
 (
2)

f +  
+
 (+
 (+

f 9 
 *
( 
( -

f 2
+
 (+
 (+

f %-
+
(+ (S
f + -
)*
()
()

FHIH J FHII

#'
 ! 6 | A5

Explicao dos parmetros

Dados tcnicos
Valor nominal
<   
* T'   

K
U   
motor, ventilador, bomba, suas peas ou
  &
 !
   
!
  
Potncia de entrada P1

P1 = U . I
PI 9K
  X
U <  <
I +)
Potncia de sada P2
)K
 & 9F$
  
  

Grau de proteo IP
Exemplo:
)   
 F>< 

 Z[)   !/
 
K
   9K
  PI :

P1 = UN . IN; P1 = 24 V . 35 A; P1 = 840 W
) $ K
  PI e da
K
 & PF determinada pelo
 !   &
 T*]U
   
K
:

P2N 600 W
= 0.71 = 71 %
=
840 W
P1

 
)
K
$  ! K

6
 PF K
 $
   
PI

n=

P2
P1

` 9!
    
 
 $
 

 
 

 
` 9!
    
 
 $
   * 
` 9!   

 
 IU    
I

9 6
 /


Torque MN
" $    $ 

  !^

P2 = 2 . M . n
60
PF K
 & X
M 5 Y
n velocidade em rpm

<*
   
 

 
&     81>H
H[HT _U

MN =

60 P2N
2 n

Velocidade Nominal nN
) 
 
 $  !
'

 !
 
 
 
Sentido de rotao
# ! 
 ! 

  
 M    
  
'# '
 
dois eixos, o eixo oposto ao coletor o que

  
!  !
Valores de curto-circuito
A corrente IS a corrente de entrada do motor
 M

' 
 
!  "
torque mximo MS$
 M




Montagem

Resfriamento

`      ^:


  


 !       

' !
 

  $
$

  
  L 

` =
  
^+!
 

` )M

^+!
 
/

` =

  ^
+!  

     
` =
  &
^
+!  

` )M
&
^
+!  

/


`  L ^"  




L 

K*K  
  

 
 

FHIH J FHII

) %

A6 | #'
 ! 6

Elementos do cdigo IP
19

FU

ZU

. /

9

&

H|  
2&

H_  
.  

 T
 U
)%+8
.   T
 U
2
SFU

2&
!
 
 
&   T'
  &
!

 U
Letras suplementares ou adicionais
podem ser omitidas sem que tenham que
 
& 
FU
)    S M
se imediatamente aps os primeiros
&
[|

  /
&
>|_
ZU
+* #' ^19I|S%
!   !
 /

6


  [H! 0 
 *   !
!  

Explicao do cdigo IP
If&

e letra
  S

9!
Pessoal
equipamentos
  !
de corpos
estranhos

Ff&

e letra
  S

9!
equipamento
contra
 !
*

Letra
T
 U

9!
Letra
pessoal contra
T
 U
contato em
 
 

!


!


!


9!  
contato com as
  !

Deslocamento
de peasZU

9! 
corpos estranhos
kz[H

9! 
toque com as
  !

9!  B
* 
 
verticalmente

9!  2
contato com
dedos

Parada de
peasZU

9! 
corpos estranhos
kzIF[

9!  F
toque com dedos

9! 
contato com
  

9! 
corpos estranhos
kzF[

9! 
toques com
  

9!  +
* 
 
 

 !
I[f
9!  D
 -* 

>

9! 
corpos estranhos
kzIH

9! 
 

>

9! 
*

[S

9
 
poeira

9! 
 

>S

9! 
*  
!

|S

Lacrado contra
poeira

9! 
 

9! 
0 *

9! 
0 
*

|S

9! 
0 * 
!

9! 

!*


9! 

!  
 !

_S

9! 

   
!( 

) %

9! 
contato com
  

FHIH J FHII

#'
 ! 6 | A7

Classes de funcionamento

T<8#H[ZHU

Servio contnuo S 1
" !  &  !
que se pode alcanar um equilbrio trmico



Servio de curta durao S 2


" !    !
 !0 
  
alcanar o equilbrio trmico, com uma parada
subseqente que dure at que a temperatura
M
 

!
 FS

Parameters for curve inspection


PI K
 
PV  K

temperatura
temperatura mxima
max
tB  
tr   ! 
 T U
t2  !
 
t2  K
  

#' ^2FO|H

T 
 |H

U

Servio intermitente-peridico S 3
" !   K


 
K
     
 
 

&        
 


!



*  

#' ^2ZOIH
T  M    !

 U

Potncia de entrada

Potncia de entrada

Potncia de entrada

Perda de potncia

Perda de potncia

Perda de potncia

Temperatura

Temperatura

Temperatura

t
tr = t +B t YIHH
B
2

 
8+
 $
M
permanenter

Disco varistor

Varistor
T
K
   U

=
K

M
2

K

+  

!

K

FHIH J FHII

1
trmico
9
 

1
de limite

) %

A8 | #'
 ! 6

Curvas caractersticas
Uma reta vertical traada atravs do ponto

 M
  >

  ! 
' 
"
! 
  
com as outras curvas resultam nos dados
 !^  
 
 n,
corrente nominal I, potencia de sada PF

K
K
A curva de rendimento K deve orientar
 
 !   0 

 !'
0  !  
!

!

   
 M   

   
! !  

K

   
 
as curvas de linha cheia representam a


  
   0   
 
 

    
! 
caractersticas:
)9 9
 
M
5 
n
Velocidade
P F
9K
 &
I
+
K
#
K

Exemplo:
Dado:

M>

n>]
PFIX
Encontrado: I = 3 A

KF>

Smbolo

e declarao do fabricante com respeito s instrues EC

8  
#+&  
+#     * 
 




  $



 

  
Q
!#$
)
#+
  






  
  *

1. Instrues sobre a mquina
# 
 
 M * 
 

 


'!* 
    

 
# ! 
  
das mquinas, por exemplo, unidades de
controles eltricos ou motores eltricos que
!K
 
)
* 
    * 
 

 


) %

2. Instrues para baixa voltagem


# 
 
   
 $
  
 


[<8+[H<)+
Q 
  $

 
 * !0     


 $F><   $

 



!![ .

#+!
     
&  +#" 

    !

!
K
   K

!
#[[HI> .
#+
9  
   
 
eltricos Bosch nunca precisam levar o
&  +#

3. Instrues EMC
# 
 
  



* 
 
  $

 
#  

tambm se aplicam a componentes complexos
tais como motores eltricos, mas somente
se eles estiverem livremente disponveis
?
 " $


  * !

' 
  

:     0 


?
  ! 
   

 ! 
 

FHIH J FHII

#'
 ! 6 | A9

Motores com sensor Hall

Efeito Hall
Circuito.

Caractersticas das curvas.

B
+

1k

Induction
B

Efeito Hall.
d Espessura do chip

+
+
+
+

UV

UH

R
UA

Output voltage
UA

IS

2 I2 passa atravs de um chip,


 !7 UH$    

! "  !
  $
    $
%
(perpendicular a corrente I2U I2)
!7 UH$
    !^

UH = RHY

I2YB

27 1+
Hall sensor IC

"RH a constante de Hall


 

 ! 7 
&

o circuito para o processamento do sinal

 
#$

 7 M1+T
 

U
A sada um transistor com coletor aberto,
   ! !$
  
+   
'


*   $
  

  $
 

 7  
'



 
   

    M" 
 & 
 T
 U
  !T
 U

FHIH J FHII

) %

A10 | #'
 ! 6

Aplicao do efeito hall em motores de


corrente continua (CC)

Ajuste bsico em motor


com ms de anel de 2 plos.

Sinais de sada, 1 rotao do induzido.

) $     


! & $& 
 
? !  

UA1

H1

 
 
+ '
 
7 
 
6 
D entre eles, pode se


   $
  !

UA2

H2
0

Ajuste bsico em motor


com ms de anel de 8 plos.

Sinais de sada, 1 rotao do induzido.

360

UA1

H1

UA2

H2
0

Ajuste Bsico no Motor

Sinais de Sada

HI, HF

2
D

U)I

27
9/ 
9/ 2
 

sensores Hall

U)F

D
M

) %

360
360 +

<   & 


primeiro sensor Hall
<   & 
7
 

sensores Hall
  


FHIH J FHII

Explicacin de los parmetros | A11

Explicacin de los parmetros

Datos tcnicos
Valor nominal
Valor de la variable (ejemplo voltaje, corriente,


U  

bomba, sus autopartes o caractersticas son

 -     
Potencia de entrada P1

P1 = U . I
PI Potencia de entrada em W
U Voltaje em V
I +
)

Grado de proteccin IP
Ejemplo:
9    0
 F><- 
corriente nominal de 35 A, la ecuacin terica
de potencia para la Potencia de entrada PI es:

P1 = UN . IN; P1 = 24 V . 35 A; P1 = 840 W

 
  PI y de
la potencia de salida PF determinada por el
*    &
 T$ 
*IFU   

:

P2N 600 W
= 0.71 = 71 %
=
840 W
P1

<*
   


 
&     81>H
H[HT _U
` 9
/
   
 $

  ' N

  
` 9
/
   
 $

      
` 9
/   

 
 IU    
I

9
 *
 /


Potencia de salida P2
La potencia de salida PF

 
  

P2 = 2 . M . n
60
PF potencia de salida em W
M 5 Y
n velocidad en rpm
 
. 

  
/ 

mecnica PF y la potencia elctrica de entrada
PI

n=

P2
P1

Torque MN
El torque de un motor se calcula por medio de


 
/^

MN =

60 P2N
2 n

Velocidad Nominal nN
La velocidad nominal es la rotacin del eje del
motor, alimentado con tensin nominal en el
 
 
Sentido de rotacin
+ 
/ 
 
/ 

 
 
   
0 #  '
 
dos ejes, el eje opuesto al colector es el que

  

/  
/
Valores de cortocircuito
La corriente IS es la corriente de entrada
del motor en caso de un cortocircuito, por
0    
 
El torque mximo MS
 




Montaje

Enfriamiento

`  0    ^#? 



 
    
  0 
/#  
los ventiladores, esto tambin se hace por
uso de tornillos en el motor o en el anillo
L


` #

  
^
+
/
 


` )M#


^+
/

 



` #


  ^
+
/
 

adaptados separadamente
` #

  
^
+
/  


` )M#


^
+
/  




`  0 L ^   



 L 


 - 
0  

 
 0

FHIH J FHII

) %

A12 | Explicacin de los parmetros

Elementos del cdigo IP


19

FU

ZU

. /

9
?
H|/   
2&

H_/   
.  

 T
 U
)%+8
.   
T
 U
2
SFU

2
 ?
  
 


   T0


 ?
 U
Letras suplementarias o adicionales



   


 
FU
.     
S 
inmediatamente despus de los primeros
?[-|

 $
 ?>|-_
ZU
+    #0 ^19I|S%
proteccin contra la penetracin de
' N/

*
 -
  [H
/ 
      
/
proteccin contra el contacto con los


Explicacin del cdigo IP


I?
y letra
suplementaria
S

Proteccin de
equipos contra
penetracin de
' N

Personal

F?
y letra
suplementaria
S

Proteccin del
equipo contra
penetracin de


Letra
T
 U

Proteccin del
Letra
personal contra T
 U
el contacto con
 
 










Proteccin contra
' N
kz[H

Proteccin contra I
toque con el
dorso dela mano

Proteccin contra
' N
kzIF[

Proteccin contra F
toque con los
dedos

Proteccin contra
' N
kzF[

Proteccin contra 3
toques com
herramientas

Proteccin
B
   
 
verticalmente
Proteccin
+
   
  
inclinacin de
I[f
Proteccin
D
contra spray de
 

Proteccin

contra contacto
con el dorso de
la mano
Proteccin
2
contra
contacto con los
dedos
Proteccin
contra contacto
con herramientas

>

Proteccin contra
' N
kzIH

Proteccin contra >


toques por
alambres

Proteccin
  N


[S

9
 
polvo

Proteccin contra >S


toques por
alambres

Proteccin
    0
presin

|S

2  
polvo

Proteccin contra 5
toques por
alambres

Proteccin
contra chorros
 

Proteccin
contra chorros
 

|S

Proteccin
contra chorros
  
presin
Proteccin
contra inmersin
rpida

) %

Proteccin
contra inmersin
   
/

_S

Proteccin
 

 
  
/(
vapor

8
 

de partes
Parada de
partes

Proteccin
contra contacto
con herramientas

FHIH J FHII

Explicacin de los parmetros | A13

Clases de fucionamiento
Servicio continuo S 1
" 
/  
  
/
    


$



Medidas para las curvas
PI potencia de entrada
PV potencia de prdida
temperatura
temperatura mxima
max
tB 
 
tr   
/ 
 T 0U
t2 

 

t2 



 
/

T<8#H[ZHU
Servicio breve S 2
" 
/    
/ 
 
       



trmico, con una parada subsecuente que
dure hasta que la temperatura del motor se

  
*
FS

Servicio intermitente-peridico S 3
" 
/  

de ciclos idnticos en la cual cada ciclo

 -&     


y una parada, donde la corriente inicial no

?
  
  


#0 ^2FO|H

T 
 
 |H

U

#0 ^2ZOIH
T  0   
 
/ 
 U

Potencia de entrada

Potencia de entrada

Potencia de entrada

Potencia de prdida

Potencia de prdida

Potencia de prdida

Temperatura

Temperatura

Temperatura

t
tr = t +B t YIHH
B
2

 
8+
 $
M
permanenter

Disco varistor

Varistor
T


  0U

=


M
2



+  

supresin de



FHIH J FHII

1
trmico
9
 

1
de lmite

) %

A14 | Explicacin de los parmetros

Curvas caractersticas
Q  
     

 
M
  >

  
/ 0  
Los puntos de interseccin de esta lnea
recta con las otras curvas se obtendrn como
resultado los datos de operacin: velocidad
nominal n, corriente nominal I, potencia de
salida PF-

K
La curva de rendimiento K orienta la
aplicacin de los motores cuya aplicacin
 
   
/  -
condiciones de ventilacin limitadas, en estos
casos, se recomienda el uso de motores de
0    
   
/
 
  


Para el caso de motores de dos velocidades,
las curvas de lneas continuas representan
la primera velocidad y las entrecortadas
    
 

      
/ 
caractersticas
)9 9
 

M
5 
n
Velocidad
PF
Potencia de salida
I
+

K
#


Ejemplo:
Dato:

M>

n>]
PFIX
Encontrado:
I = 3 A
KF>

Smbolo

y declaracin del fabricante con respecto a las instrucciones EC

8  

#+
&  +#   N    
mquinas, dispositivos y sistemas elctricos


 -

 
 Q
/# . 


#+
 - 




individuales relevantes para usuarios de


2. Instrucciones para bajo voltaje


Estas instrucciones deben aplicarse a todos los
motores elctricos de voltaje nominal lmite de
[<8+-[H<)+- -Q   
 $

  * 
se proyectan para voltajes nominales de hasta
F>< 
 
$ 
 




1. Instrucciones sobre la mquina


Estas instrucciones se aplican a mquinas

 


  

'
/* 
    

 
2
  
   
de las mquinas, como por ejemplo, unidades
de controles elctricos o motores elctricos


 



. * 
   - * 
  


 



3. Instrucciones EMC
Estas instrucciones se aplican a todos los



* 
 -
  $
-
 /
   


tambin se aplican a componentes complejos
tales como motores elctricos, pero
solamente si los mismos estn libremente


 ?
 .
 $

  * 
se abastecen exclusivamente como partes
 - 
-

/[ .-#+
 

) %

   N   &  +#.


  &
    
/-

/


  

#[[HI> .-#+
9   
   
motores elctricos Bosch nunca necesitan
  &  +#
:   
que haya dudas con relacin a pedidos para
 
 
/ 
 

FHIH J FHII

Explicacin de los parmetros | A15

Motores con sensor Hall

Efecto Hall
Circuito.

Caractersticas de las curvas.

B
+

1k

Induction
B

Efecto Hall
d Espesor del chip

+
+
+
+

UV

UH

R
UA

Output voltage
UA

IS

2
 
I2 pasa a travs de un chip,
una tensin Hall UH   
  
 
# 
  
/  
 
  $
%T
   
corriente I2U- 
I2. 
/7 UH

 
 

 
/^

UH = RHY

27 1+
Hall sensor IC

I2YB
d

Donde RH es la constante de Hall


+   7 



 

    
N 

  

#
  7 M1+T


 U
La salida es un transistor con colector abierto,

   
/ 
/

  +   
permanente al eje del inducido que se encuentra
 
 $
   
 $
   
   7 
+  0 


  

  
   
 *#  

    
T
U  
/T   U

FHIH J FHII

) %

A16 | Explicacin de los parmetros

Aplicacin del efecto hall en motores de


corriente continua (CC)

Ajuste bsico en el motor


con manes de anillo de 2 polos.

Seales de salida, 1 rotacin


del inducido.


    
tensin de salida, es posible de determinar el
? 
/-
  
 

UA1

H1

En caso de que existan dos sensores Hall

 * 


D entre
ellos, se puede determinar tambin el sentido

 
/

UA2

H2
0

Ajuste bsico en el motor


con manes de anillo de 8 polos.

Seales de salida, 1 rotacin


del inducido.
1

360

UA1

H1

UA2

H2
0

Ajuste Bsico en el Motor

Seales de Salida

HI, HF

2
D

U)I

27
9 
9 2
R  
sensores Hall

U)F

D
M

) %

360
360 +

Voltaje de salida del


primer sensor Hall
Voltaje de salida del
7
R  
sensores Hall
R  
/

FHIH J FHII

Parameter explanation | A17

Parameter explanation

Technical data
Nominal Value
<   
T  

 U3
  
its parts or characteristics are measured and
-3
-  

IP degree of protection
Example:
) 
   F><  
 
Z[) 
 3   

3
PI is:

P1 = UN . IN; P1 = 24 V . 35 A; P1 = 840 W

Power input P1

P1 = U . I
PI Power input in W
U <  
<
I +
)

:
3
PI and the power
output PF
  

M
 T I|U3 
  
-:

P2N 600 W
= 0.71 = 71 %
=
840 W
P1

<
 
  


 
 81>HH[H
T _U
` 9
 
  




 



 

 

` 9
 
  




 

3 
` 9
 

   IU



I


 
  

Power output P2
53PF
 3 -



P2 = 2 . M . n
60
PF power output in W
M  
Y
n 2

 
5
-
 

 3
mechanical power output PF and electrical
power input PI

n=

P2
P1

Torque MN
5  
  

 3
  
^

MN =

60 P2N
2 n

Nominal speed nN
5
 
 -

3

    

3

 3
Direction of rotation
2
 
 


 

 -3 C
 
1 3
3 
 
 



 

Short-circuit values
5IS
 C -

 




CM  


5 '
 MS



 



Mounting

Cooling

` 7

^



3

 M  -
1 
 

 
3




M
L


` 1   


^"

3
 
` 1  M
^"

3
3 
` 1   
^"

3
   -
 
` 2   
^# 

3
 
` 2  M
^# 

3
3 

` : 
^5
M
 
  FM ZM L 
   
 


FHIH J FHII

%)
) C

A18 | Parameter explanation

Elements of the IP code


19

FU

ZU

+ 
:



H| 
2


H_ 
)

  T
 U
)%+8
2  - T
 U
2
SFU

1 




  
- T

 



U
)

  (  - 
  
3
 
 
 
FU
5  - S 



 - 


[ |

 - 


>| _
ZU
X
3 #'  ^19I|S%

 
 



 
3

z[H

 
 -03 3



 
 
3


Explanation of the IP code


I

  Protection
Personnel
supplementary  
 
S
 
 

penetratioon by

 


F

  Protection
Letter
supplementary  
 
T
 U
S
equipment



water

Protection
 

 
3
  
parts

Letter
T
 U





 ZU

9
 
 9
 
 I

 


 -
kz[H
C 

Protection
B


 -


3 

Protection

 
3
 C
hand
Protection

 
3


2 


 ZU

9
 
 9
 
 F

 


 -
kzIF[


9
 
 9
 
 3

 


 -
kzF[
tools

Protection
+




3 I[f
inclined
Protection
D

 -
water

>

9
 
 9
 
 >

 


 -
kzIH
wires

Protection

 
water

[S

9 

dust

9
 
 >S

 -
wires

|S

8M


9
 
 5

 -
wires

Protection

 
3 3


pressure
Protection

03 



Protection

 -0
water

|S

Protection

 

jet water with


Protection

M
term immersion

%)
) C



Protection

 M
immersion

_S

Protection



( M
  


Protection

 
tools
Protection

 
with wires

FHIH J FHII

Parameter explanation | A19

Types of duty

T<8#H[ZHU

Continuous-running duty S 1
" 
    5 

3


  
 



Key to curves
PI power point
PV power loss
temperature
maximum temperature
max
tB
load time
tr  
 
 T
U
t2
cycle duration
t2 standstill time

Short-time duty S 2
" 
     
3



   



3
    


 
 FS
  

Intermittent-periodic duty S 3
" 
  


 - 3
 - 
 
a period at constant load and a rest whereby
 
  -

  


#'  ^2FO|H

T5
 |H
 
U

#'  ^2ZOIH
T5-

 
 U

Power input

Power input

Power input

Power loss

Power loss

Power loss

Temperature

Temperature

Temperature

t
tr = t +B t YIHH
B
2

Graphic Symbols
9 M 
8+

Varistor disc

Varistor
T  M
U

=


M
5M3

1M

C

1M
suppression capacitor

FHIH J FHII

%



.

M3


%)
) C

A20 | Parameter explanation

Characteristic curves
)
 


C
3C

M  >

 
 
  ' 
5





3

the other curves results in the operation data:
the nominal speed n, nominal current I,
output power PF 
-K
Yield curve K 
 
 

 
3 
 

demands load duration and limited ventilation



 @3
     


- 

1 FM
 

 C

    


curves:
)9 XC


M
5 
n
2
PF
"3
I
+
K
#
-
Example:
Given: M>
n>]
PFIX
:^
I = 3 A
KF>

symbol and manufacturers declaration as per EC directive


1  3
#+

 +#
symbol must be attached to all electrically
driven machinery, devices, and systems
  
  3


# Q
5#+


 
 3



 

  


2. Low-voltage directive
5


  
  

 
   

[<
8+ [H<)+  2
 




   


   F><- 
 -3





1. Machine directive
5


 

 -

  
-

C

 

-
However, it does not apply to machine
'   
 
units or electric motors which have no



5  
   3 -
  



3 EMC directive
5


 
  
 
 

  -
However, this directive also applies to
complex components such as electric motors,
 -
-  - 

 
5 




   
' 
 - 

     
[
#+. 3   
+#-  

%)
) C

FHIH J FHII

Parameter explanation | A21

Motors with Hall sensor

Hall effect
Circuit.

Characteristic curves.

B
+

1k

Induction
B

Hall effect.
d 5
C


+
+
+
+

UV

UH

R
UA

Output voltage
UA

IS

1 I2L3 


 7 
  UH
  



3



  


B
(vertical to I2U I257 
  UH
 ^

UH = RHY
RH 

I2YB

Hall sensor IC

7 M  

2
 
7    ' -
 -  
X



7  


 

T 2

3
  
U

 
 - 

5


  7 M1+
5
  
3
 
3
3
 3





Permanently connected to the armature
 
  

 
 
3
 7  X
    
M



7   
5 


3



FHIH J FHII

%)
) C

A22 | Parameter explanation

Hall-effect applications in D.C. motors


%-
 M  
  
  M

 1 
 M
tion is converted into a linear motion, it then
becomes possible to monitor the adjustment
  '  -
1 37  
 
   
  D in a


 
  



Basic arrangement in motor with


2-pole ring magnet.

Output signals, 1 armature rotation.

UA1

H1

UA2

H2
0

Basic arrangement in motor with


8-pole ring magnet.

Output signals, 1 armature rotation.

360

UA1

H1

UA2

H2
0

Basic arrangement in motor

Output signals

HI, HF

2
D

U)I

Hall sensor
 
2 
)  33
Hall sensors

U)F
D
M

%)
) C

360
360 +

"  
Hall sensor
"  
Hall sensor
)  33
Hall sensors
= 
   

FHIH J FHII

+

  * (+

   (73
   | A23

5

5
 
-

5!

5
/


   

9K


Potencia nominal

 3

>

Desenho dimensional
8
N


8

  3


U

5!

5
/


   

P

9K


Potencia nominal

 3

n

= !

= 
/


 

I

+

1
 


 

MA

5   

Par de arranque
% C 3 - 

I
F

>

5
6

8
! !^
8

 T=U
#  T.U
2

^
Rot.
8T=U
1 
T.U
8

 
^
.T.U=
T=U

+ 

 
+ 

 

5--

IP

; !
Grado de proteccin
8


kg

Peso
X

Peso
?

=


Part number

FHIH J FHII

+   &

+   &

+  



Esquema eltrico
Esquema elctrico
# 
 
 

) %() %(%)


) C

B24 | Bosch

ADP
18 V 23 W

P2
W

U

I]<

P

FZX

n

I[H

1

5A

A

I[

=

.(=

2I

19

19FZ

C

HHHC

I
A

n
rpm

Up = 18 V
n

60

30

150

40

20

100

20

10

50

P2
I

0
0

0 390 207 406

5,0

10,0

15,0

235

33,4

6,2 H11
M6

33

10

105

11
1,2

3 H11
6,5

15

N.m

0

4
120

11

) 5-F]H[_FMH
5-I]IF__MI

39

42

FPG
IF<

P

]_X

n

][

1

6A

A

IF

=

.(=

2FM[


19

19[

C

H[ZHC

n (rpm)
P (W)

100,0

25,0

80,0

20,0

60,0

15,0

10,0

40,0
P

5,0

20,0

0 130 821 492

0 130 821 493

52,3
33

35

0,0
0,0

0,0
4,0

8,0

12,0

M (N.m)

17,5

27
13,2

MAX. 8,6

7,5

30

71.5

8f7

25

25

20
50
M

30,0

120,0

I (A)

U

AMP: 493.989.1

128

ADP

12 V 8,9 W

35

44
43,05

39

) %() %(%)


) C

FHIH J FHII

Bosch | B25

FPG
IF<

P

]_X

n

][

1

6A

A

IF

=

.(=

2FM[


19

19[

C

H[ZHC

100,0

25,0

80,0

20,0

60,0

15,0

10,0

40,0
P

5,0

20,0

0 130 821 530

0 130 821 531

0,0

0,0
0,0

4,0

8,0

12,0

M (N.m)

17.5

27
6

35

52,3
33

30,0

120,0

I (A)

U

n (rpm)
P (W)

12 V 8,9 W

MAX. 8.6

30

8f7

AMP: 493.989.1

128

71.5

50

25

20

25

35

44

39

43,05

FPG
120,0

IF<

P

]_X

n

][

1

6A

A

IF

=

.(=

2FM[


19

19[

C

H[ZHC

100,0

I
n

FPG

25,0

80,0

20,0

60,0

15,0

40,0

10,0
P

20,0

0 130 821 534

0 130 821 535


52.3
33

30,0

I (A)

U

n (rpm)
P (W)

12 V 8,9 W

5,0

0,0
0,0

0,0
4,0

8,0

12,0

M (N.m)

17.5 27
13.2

35
MAX. 8.6

8f7

Terminal: 925590-2

128

67

50

25

20

30

25

7.5
1

35

42
43.05

FHIH J FHII

39

) %() %(%)


) C

B26 | Bosch

FPG
U

IF<

P

IHFX

n

_]

1

6A

A

I|_

=

.(=

2FM[


19

19[

C

H[|HC

60,0

120,0

100,0

50,0

80,0

40,0

60,0

30,0

I (A)

n (rpm)
P (W)

0 130 821 536

0 130 821 537

40,0

20,0

20,0

10,0

27

17,5
35

MAX. 8,6

4,0

12,0

16,0

13,2

25
25

50
M

8,0
M (N.m)

7,5

30

20

52,3
33

0,0

0,0
0,0

8f7

12 V 10,2 W

138

35

31.7
43,05

39

FPG
U

F><

120,0

P

II[X

100,0

n

IIH

1

3A

A

I[

=

.(=

2FM[


19

19[

C

H[|HC

25,0
I

0 130 821 540

0 130 821 541

20,0

60,0

15,0
P

40,0

10,0

20,0

5,0

0,0
0,0

2,0

4,0

6,0

I (A)

n (rpm)
P (W)

80,0

52.3
33

30,0

0,0
8,0 10,0 12,0 14,0 16,0 18,0
M (N.m)

17.5 27
13.2

35

MAX. 8.6
1

71.5
50
M

8f7

25

20

25

30

7.5

AMP: 493.989.1
35

138

FPG

24 V 11,5 W

39

44
43.05

) %() %(%)


) C

FHIH J FHII

Bosch | B27

FPG
U

F><

140,0

P

II|X

n

IIH[

1

>)

A

IF

=

.(=

2FM[


19

19[

C

H[>[C

24,0

100,0

20,0
I

80,0

12,0
P

8,0

20,0

0 130 821 542

0 130 821 543

4,0

0,0
0,0

4,0

0,0
12,0

8,0
M (N.m)

17,5

27
13,2

MAX. 8,6

35

16,0
I (A)

60,0

40,0

52,3
33

7,5

30

8f7

1
71.5

50

25

20

25

AMP: 493.989.1

128

28,0
n

120,0

n (rpm)
P (W)

24 V 11,6 W

35

44

39

43,05

FPG
U

100,0

IF<

P

40,0

36,0

90,0

IHX

80,0

_[

1

6A

A

I|Z

=

.(=

40,0

16,0

2FM[


30,0

12,0

19

19[

20,0

8,0

10,0

4,0

H[|HC

70,0

28,0

60,0

24,0

0,0
0,0

F 006 B40 216

27

17,5
35

MAX. 8,6

4,0

6,0

10,0 12,0 14,0 16,0


M (N.m)
8,0

0,0

13,2

25
25

7,5

50

2,0

30

20

52,3
33

20,0
P

8f7

C

n (rpm)
P (W)

n

50,0

FPG

32,0

I (A)

12 V 10 W

138

35

31.7
43,05

FHIH J FHII

39

) %() %(%)


) C

B28 | Bosch

FPG
IF<

120,0

P

]_X

100,0

n

][

1

6A

A

IF

=

.(=

2FM[


19

19[

C

H[ZHC

30,0
25,0

80,0

20,0

60,0

15,0

I (A)

U

n (rpm)
P (W)

12 V 8,9 W

10,0

40,0
P
20,0

F006 B40 306

F006 B40 307

12

5,0

0,0
0,0

0,0
4,0

8,0

12,0

M (N.m)

17.5

32.3

R54
0
R5

71.5
50

AMP: 493.989.1

128

45

8f7

114

6.3
1

39

44
43.05

VMC
P2
I
n
W mA rpm
0,40 160

U

F><

P

HFFX

n

6 rpm

1

[[)



>H

=

.(=

2I

19

19[>

C

HIFHC

n
P2

0,30 120
6
0,20

80
4

0,10

40

0 132 801 141

40

29
19,25

33,5

10

R1

2,5

u
15


U
S
2 +(+^I_F]>HZH_[

45,2

10

90

65,5

14

14,4

3 2 1
6 5 4

) %() %(%)


) C

36

11

120

63,5
47
4

80
N.cm

21,6

Up = 26 V

72

VMC

24 V 0,22 W

27,2


183

4,6

FHIH J FHII

Bosch | B29

VMC
IF<

P

HF_X

n

7 rpm

1

I]H)



>H

=

.(=

2I

19

19>H

C

HIFHC

I
n
mA rpm n

Up = 13 V
P2

0,30 225

0,20 150

0,10

75

0
0

0 132 801 142

25

29
4

33,5
65,5

4,6

45,2

100

11

72

75

19,25

50
N.cm

63,5
47

1,5

36

12 V 0,29 W

P2
W

U

S
14,4

2 +(+^I_F]>HZH_[

1 2 3

6 5 4

60

27, 2

4,6

VMC
U

24 V 0,26 W

P2
W

F><

I
n
mA rpm

Up = 26 V

P2

P

HF|X

n

7 rpm

1

IHH)



Z[

=

.(=

2I

0,20

n
100

0,15

10

80

60
0,10

8
40
4

0,05

19

19>H

C

HIFHC

20

0 132 801 143

25

29
4

19,25

45,2

S
2 +(+^I_F]>HZH_[

FHIH J FHII

65,5

4,6

36

33,5

11

72

75

63,5
47

1,5

50
N.cm

14,4

1 2 3
6 5 4

27, 2

60

4,6

) %() %(%)


) C

VMC

B30 | Bosch

VMC
12 V 0,16 W

U

IF<

P2
mW

I
n
mA rpm

P

HI|X

200 250

n

>[

1

I[H)

160 200



Z[

120 150

=

.(=
80 100

2I

19

19[H

40

50

C

HH_HC
0

Up = 12 V

P2

0 132 801 346

30

60
N.cm

90

120

47

27
6,6

11
R

10
,

72
46,25
R
12
,5

54,5

62

36

90


7,4

4,6

14,5

+5-(+5-^IZ[[H]FMI

25

27,5

56

57

VMC
U

IF<

P2
mW

P

HI|X

200 250

n

>[

1

I[H)

160 200



Z[

120 150

=

.(=
80 100

2I

19

19[H

40

50

C

HH_HC

I
n
mA rpm

Up = 12 V

P2

0 132 801 351

30

60
N.cm

27
11

90

120

47
6,6

10
,

72
46,25
R
12
,5

54,5

36

62

VMC

12 V 0,16 W

90

7,4
14,5
+5-(+5-^IZ[[H]FMI

123

56

) %() %(%)


) C

27,5

4,6

25

57

FHIH J FHII

Bosch | B31

MH
24 V 1,6 kW

U

F><

P

I|CXT  [>U

n

F|[H

1

IFH)

n
rpm
3000

M
lbft
60

P
HP
6

S2
min
15

S3
%
30

U
V
30

Eff
%
75

2400

48

4.8

12

24

24

60

1800

36

3.6

18

18

U
S3

=

45

P
M

L
2F

2Z

>[


I>]

19

19>>

1200

24

2.4

12

12

600

12

1.2

30

15

S2
0

0
0

F 000 MM0 003

80

160

240

320

400

480

560

640

I
A 0
720

181,9 1
152,4
42,9

16

5/16"-24 UNF-2A

24,8 max.

114 + 1,5

87 1

39,66

Rolamento 6202-ZZ
Rodamiento 6202-ZZ

5/16"

Rolling Bearing 6202-ZZ

4 (3x)

5 (3x)

Furo de dreno
Orificio de dreno

89,4

Drain hole

MH
12 V 1,3 kW

U

IF<

P

IZCXT  [>U

n

FF|H

S3
%
28.0

S2
min
14.0

P
HP
5.6

M
n
rpm
lbft
28.0 5600

U
V
14

24.0

12.0

4.8

24.0 4800

12

20.0

10.0

4.0

20.0 4000

10

16.0

8.0

3.2

16.0 3200

12.0

6.0

2.4

12.0 2400

8.0

4.0

1.6

8.0 1600

4.0

2.0

0.8

4.0

800

MH
U
M
P

1

FHH)

=

2
19

2F

2Z

>


IZ

S3

19>>

S2
0
0

F 000 MM0 005

80

160

240

320

I
A
400

480

560

640

720

181,9 1
152,4
42,9

5/16 "-24 UNF-2A THD

24,8 max.

114 + 1,5

87 1

39,66

Rolamento 6202-ZZ
Rodamiento 6202-ZZ
Rolling Bearing 6202-ZZ

4
(3x)

B
5
(3x)

FHIH J FHII

Furo de dreno
Orificio de dreno

89,4

Drain hole

) %() %(%)


) C

B32 | Bosch

MH
12 V 1,2 kW

U

IF<

P

IFCXT  [>U

n

FIHH

1

FHH)

=

n
M
rpm lbft
6000 30

P
S2 S3
HP min
%
3 15 30

U
V
15

Eff
%
75

4800

24

2.4

12

24

12

60

3600

18

1.8

18

2400

12

1.2

12

1200

0.6

P
45

2F

2Z

5,5 min

I|Z

19

19>>

30

S3

15

n
S2

9 130 450 043

0
0

I
A0
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720

80

174,7 0,6
152,4
33,27

53,85

31,75
5/16"-24 UNF-2A THD
SW 1/2
5/16"-24 UNF-2B

114 + 1,5

24,8 max.

89,4

MH
24 V 1,8 kW

U

F><

P

I]CXT  [>U

n

ZIHH

1

IIH)

n
rpm
6000

M
lbft
60

P
HP
3

S2
min
15

S3
%
30

U
V
30

4800

48

2.4

12

24

24

3600

36

1.8

18

18

Eff
%
75
P
60

U
45
M

=

=
2F

2Z

6,3 min

I|[

19

19>>

2400

24

1.2

12

12

30

1200

12

0.6

15

0
0

S3
S2

9 130 450 044

80

160

240

320

n
400

480

560

640

I
A 0
720

174,7 0,6
152,4
33,27

53,85

31,75
5/16"-24 UNF-2A THD

114 + 1,5

SW 1/2
5/16"-24 UNF-2B

24,8 max.

MH

89,4

) %() %(%)


) C

FHIH J FHII

Bosch | B33

MH
24 V 1,6 kW

U

F><

P

I|CXT  [>U

n

F|[H

1

IFH)

n
rpm
3000

M
lbft
60

P
HP
6

S2
min
15

S3
%
30

U
V
30

Eff
%
75

2400

48

4.8

12

24

24

60

1800

36

3.6

18

18

U
S3

=

45

P
M

=
2F

2Z

>[


I>]

19

19>>

1200

24

2.4

12

12

600

12

1.2

30

15

S2
0

0
0

9 130 450 051

80

160

240

320

400

480

560

640

I
A 0
720

181,9 1
152,4
42,9

5/16" - 24 UNF-2A THD

16

24,8 max.

114 + 1,5

87

39,66

Rolamento 6202-ZZ
Rodamiento 6202-ZZ
Rolling Bearing 6202-ZZ

4
(3x)

B
5
(3x)

Furo de dreno
Orificio de dreno

89,4

Drain hole

MH
12 V 1,4 kW

U

IF<

P

I>CXT  [>U

n

F>_H

1

FIZ)

=

2
19

S3
%
37.5

2F

2Z

3 min

IF

S2
P
min HP
15 3.75

M
n
lbft rpm
15.0 7500

U
V
15

MH

30.0

12

3.0

12.0 6000

12

22.5

2.25

9.0 4500

15.0

1.50

6.0 3000

7.5

0.75

3.0 1500

19>>

9 130 450 099

S3
S2

0
0

100

200

300

I
A

400

500

600

172 1,0
93

152,4
39,66

SW 1/2"
5/16" - 24 UNF-2B

9,4
0'

46
3

112

24,8 max.

70

1/4 - 20 UNC - 2A THD

114 + 1,5

25

x)

(2

+1

6,3 0,5
20

FHIH J FHII

Furo de dreno / Orificio de dreno / Drain hole

) %() %(%)


) C

B34 | Bosch

MR
12 V

1,2 kW

U

IF<

P

IFCXT  [>U

n

FIHH

1

FHH)

=

n
M
rpm lbft
6000 30

P
S2 S3
HP min
%
3 15 30

U
V
15

Eff
%
75

4800

24

2.4

12

24

12

60

3600

18

1.8

18

2400

12

1.2

12

1200

0.6

P
45

.(=

2F

2Z

5,5 min

I|Z

19

19>>

30

S3

15

n
S2

F 000 MM0 622

I
A0
80 160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720

0
0

232,3 1
163,2

15

109

15

4,8 0,25

20,3

1,5 (

21,4 1,5

SW 13 (3x)

2x)

M8 x 1,25 (3x)

3,17 0,07

42,2

16,975 0,005

A
M

F2

40
114 + 1,5

F1

M8 x 1,25

25,4 1

MR
U

IF<

P

I>CXT  [>U

n

Z[HH

1

ZHH)

=

.(=

n
M
P
S2 S3
rpm lbft HP min
%
15000 30 6.0 15 30

U
V
15

12000

24

4.8

12

24

12

9000

18

3.6

18

6000

12

2.4

12

2Z

FF


_F

19

19>>

S3
3000

F 000 MM0 629

209.21

0
0

M8x1.25

0.25

S2

100

200

C
C

4.8

400

500

600

I
A
700 800

19
C

114

40

+1.5

16.9750.005

43.8
(Dia 1.724)

300

F2

A
29 slot
armature

19

3.17-0.07

791

C
C

1.2

1591

F1

P
M

2F

64.8

81 1

1,4 kW

12 V

MR

12.5
90.5

M8x1.25
25.4
"X"

) %() %(%)


) C

FHIH J FHII

Bosch | B35

MR
12 V

1,0 kW

U

IF<

P

IHCXT  [>U

n

ZF[H

1

I|H)

S3
%
30

S2
min
15

P
HP
3.0

M
n
lbft rpm
15.0 7500

U
V
15

24

12

2.4

12.0 6000

12

18

1.8

9.0 4500

average curve
minimum curve

U
P

=

.(=
2F

2Z

IZ


|

19

19>>

12

1.2

6.0 3000

6
M

0.6

3.0 1500

n
S3

F 000 MM0 804

0
0

I
A

S2
100

200

300

400

500

114,8
5/16" - 24 UNF - 2A (2x)
9,8 (mn.)
M5 (2x)

R 0,9 (mx.)

133

74,2 + 0,12

78,2

+ 0,3
0,2

32 + 0,5

0,75 0,25

3 + 0,2

15

67 0,2

MR
U

IF<

P

IHCXT  [>U

n

ZFHH

1

I|H)

=

.(=

n
I
rpm A
7500 450

2F

2Z

IZ


|

19

19>>

P
S2 S3
KW min
%
3.0 12 30

U
V
15

6000 360

2.4

9.6

24

12

4500 270

1.8

7.2

18

3000 180

1.2

4.8

12

1500

90

0.6

2.4

0
0

F 000 MM0 805


1205
(.472.0197)

FHIH J FHII

0.5
(.0197+.00787)
74.2+0.12
( 2.92+.0047)
78.5 max.
( 3.09 max.)

25.7
(1.012 ref.)

0.2+0.2
(.00787+.00787)
7
(.2755)
6.0 min.
(.236 min.)
1080.5
.0197
(4.25
)

23.240.3
(.915.0118)

P
n

S3
S2
2

M 10

1/4-20 UNC -2A


(2x)

3+0,2
(.118.0078)

+0.2

3.0 min.
(.118 min.)

32+0,5
( 1.26+.0197)

M5 (2x)

MR
I

670.2
(2.638.00787)

9.525-.0762
(.375-.003)

13.208-0.0127
( .52-.0005)

R 0.6
(.0236)

13 max.
(.5118 max.

1,0 kW

12 V

0.6350.127
(.025.005)

8.6360.127
(.340.005)

1.7 max.
(.06692 max.)

) %() %(%)


) C

B36 | Bosch

MR
24 V 1,0 kW

U

F><

P

IHCXT  [>U

n

ZHHH

1

]H)

=

.(=

n
M
P
S2 S3
rpm lbft HP min
%
7500 15 3.0 4.5 15

U
V
30

12

24

6000

12

3.6

2.4

U
4500

1.8

2.7

18

3000

1.2

1.8

12

1500

0.6

0.9

S3

2F

2Z

IZ


[]

19

19>>

S2
0

0
0

F 000 MM0 814

12
.47

150

200

6 min.
.24 min.
2.5 min.
.098 min.
11
.43
1080.5
4.25.02

3+0,5
(.12.02)

13 max.
.512 max.

0.60.15 x45
0.0236.0059 x45

9.525 0-0.076
.375 0-.003

13.208 0-0.0127
.52 0-.0005

M5 (2x)
(SW7)

74.2+0,12
2.921+.005
78.5 max.
3.09 max.

32+0,5
( 1.26+.02)

100

1/4"-20 UNC-2A
(2x)

I
A
250

n
50

1.7 max.
.067 max.

25.9
1.02

8.640.12
.34.005

670.2
2.638.008

23.3
.92

CPB
CPB

12 V 107 W

U

IF<

P

IHX

n

>[HH

1

I[)

A

H]|

=

2I

19

19IH

C

IIHHC

I
A

30

n
rpm

'p
Pa

Up = 13 V

6000 750
n

20

4000 500

10

2000 250

'p

0 130 063 804

) %() %(%)


) C

200

400

m/h

FHIH J FHII

Bosch | B37

CPB
24 V 66 W

U

F><

P

66 W

n

F]HH

1

5A

A

H_

=

2I

19

19IH

C

IIHHC

I
A

'p
n
rpm Pa

7,5

3000 600

Up = 24 V

5,0

2000 400

2,5

1000 200

'p

0 130 063 809

200

400

m/h

CPB
12 V 127 W

U

IF<

P

IFX

n

Z_HH

1

I[)

A

IF[

=

2I

19

19IH

C

IIHHC

I
A

'p
n
rpm Pa

Up = 13 V

CPB

'p
30

6000 750
n

20

4000 500

10

2000 250

0 130 063 810

200

400

600

m/h

(+)
-sw

+gn
153

()
F

M
5

28

65

10

FHIH J FHII

13
175

6,5
66

(+)

()

186

) %() %(%)


) C

B38 | Bosch

CPB
24 V 150 W

U

F><

P

I[HX

I
A

'p
n
rpm Pa

7,5

6000 750

'p

n

Z_HH

1

7A

A

I|

=

2I

19

19FZ

C

I][HC

n
5,0

4000 500

2,5

2000 250

0 130 063 814

+rt

200

400

600

m/h

(+)
153

-sw

Up = 26 V

()
F
22

10

175

13

6,5
66

(+)

()

186

CPB
140,0

P

IH[X

120,0
<F

FHHH ZH[H Z_[H

1

5A

A

H_[

=

2I

19

19IH

C

H]>[C

IH)

60,0

V3

n

100,0

I])

60,0

30,0

40,0

20,0

20,0

10,0

0,0
0,0

0,2

0,4

ro
w
n
Az / G ma
r
ul
ris illo
/B /
lu Gr / Ye
e
ey llo
w
(+) (+)

n
r

0,0
1,0

0,8

Vista "X" / View "X"


Marrom / Marrn / Brown

/A

/M
ar

za

lo

100
11
5,5 x 7

Amarelo / Amarillo / Yellow

Cinza / Gris / Grey

52
Resistor

59

83
110
115

74 max.
84 min.

210

in

ar
e

ro
m

0,6
M (N.m)

Azul / Blue

/B
Am

"X"

(+)

50,0
40,0

80,0

9 130 081 021

()

70,0

I (A)
n (%)

IF<

n (rpm) x100
P (W)

U

<I

M
ar

CPB

12 V 105 W

A
84,5
108,5
166,5

) %() %(%)


) C

Porta-linguetas AMP 180 901-0 Nylon - cor natural


Linguetas AMP 626 323-1 Lato
Porta lengetas AMP 180 901-0 Nylon - color natural
Lengetas AMP 626 323-1 Latn
Latch compartment AMP 180 901-0 Nylon natural color
Latch AMP 626 323-1 Brass

FHIH J FHII

Bosch | B39

CPB
IF<

140,0

P

IH[X

120,0

n

Z_[H

100,0

1

I])

A

H_[

=

2I

19

19IH

C

H>[HC

60,0

n
I

60,0

30,0

40,0

20,0

20,0

10,0

0,2

0,4

9 130 081 029

0,6
M (N.m)

0,0
1,0

0,8

157,25

88

88

59

76

(+)

98

()

50,0
40,0

80,0

0,0
0,0

123,25

70,0

I (A)
n (%)

U

n (rpm) x100
P (W)

12 V 105 W

104

Terminais de encaixe / Terminales de encaje / Fitting terminals


(+) Terminal 6,3 x 0,8 / (+) Terminal 6,3 x 0,8 / (+) Terminals 6,3 x 0,8
() Terminal para terminal 6,3 x 0,8 / () Terminal para terminal 6,3 x 0,8 / () Terminals for terminals 6,3 x 0,8

CPB
F><

P

]X
<I

120,0

42,0
n

<F

100,0

V3

n

FHHH ZH[H Z_[H

1

3A

A

H>

=

2I

19

19IH

C

H_F[C

6A

_)

80,0

28,0
I

60,0

21,0

40,0

14,0

20,0

7,0

0,0

9 130 081 042

CPB

35,0

0,0

0,1

0,2

0,3

0,4 0,5
M (N.m)

0,6

0,7

I (A)
n (%)

U

n (rpm) x100
P (W)

24 V 78 W

0,0
0,8

/M
ar
r
Am
n
/B
ar
e
ro
C
w
in lo /
n
za A
m
Az / G a
r
ul
ris illo
/B /
lu Gr / Ye
e
ey llo
w

280,5
157
88

88
104

(+) (+)

41

59

(+)

98

()

76

ar
ro
m

37

Terminais 6,3 x 0,8 conforme AMP 42241-3


150

Terminales 6,3 x 0,8 conforme AMP 42241-3


Terminals 6,3 x 0,8 in accordance with AMP 42241-3

FHIH J FHII

50

300

) %() %(%)


) C

B40 | Bosch

CPB
140,0

IF<

P

IH[X

120,0

<I

<F

n

ZH[H

Z_[H

1

IH)

I])

A

H_[

=

2I

19

19IH

C

H_>[C

70,0

60,0

n
I

100,0

50,0
40,0

80,0
60,0

30,0

40,0

20,0

20,0

10,0

0,0
0,0

0,2

0,4

9 130 081 044

0,6
M (N.m)

I (A)
n (%)

U

n (rpm) x100
P (W)

12 V 105 W

0,0
1,0

0,8

/G

88

ris

104

/G

/A
o

59

(+)

41

76

C
in

(+)

98

Am
ar

()

37

za

el

88

re
y

illo

/B

m
ar

n
r
/M
ar
m
M
ar

ro

157

/Y
el

ro
w
n

lo
w

280,5

Terminais 6,3 x 0,8 conforme AMP 42241-3


400

Terminales 6,3 x 0,8 conforme AMP 42241-3

50

500

Terminals 6,3 x 0,8 in accordance with AMP 42241-3

CPB
P

IH[X

n

Z_[H

1

_)

A

H_[

=

2I

19

19IH

C

H]FHC

120,0

42,0
n

100,0

35,0

80,0

28,0
I

60,0

21,0

40,0

14,0

20,0

7,0

0,0

0,0

0,1

0,2

0,3

0,4 0,5
M (N.m)

0,6

0,7

I (A)
n (%)

F><

n (rpm) x100
P (W)

U

9 130 081 047

0,0
0,8

/B
ro
w

100

59

/M

ar

r
n

11
5,5 x 7

83
110
115

()

500

(+)

74 max.
84 min.

ar
ro
m
M

ar

el
o

/A

ar
illo

/Y
el

lo
w

166,5

Am

84,5

108,5

50

CPB

24 V 105 W

Terminais AMP 626323


Terminales AMP 626323

) %() %(%)


) C

Terminals AMP 626323

FHIH J FHII

Bosch | B41

CPB
U

IF<

140,0

P

IH[X

120,0

n

Z_[H

100,0

1

I|)

A

H_[

=

2I

40,0

20,0

19

19IH

20,0

10,0

C

H|HC

30,8

59

40,0

80,0
60,0

50,0

30,0

0,2

0,4

0,6
M (N.m)

0,0
1,0

0,8

51,5

8g6

(+)

49 max.

()

60,0

0,0
0,0

9 130 081 051

70,0

I (A)
n (%)

n (rpm) x100
P (W)

12 V 105 W

M
33,6

22
135 max.

Conexo (+) Terminal 6,3 x 0,8

Conexo () Terminal para terminal 6,3 x 0,8

Conexin (+) Terminal 6,3 x 0,8

Conexin () Terminal para terminal 6,3 x 0,8

Connection (+) Terminal 6,3 x 0,8

Connection () Terminals for terminals 6,3 x 0,8

CPB
120,0

U

F><

P

]HX

n

Z_[H

1

_)

A

H[

=

2I

19

19IH

C

H_HHC

42,0
n
P

100,0

I
60,0

21,0
n

40,0

14,0

20,0

7,0

0,1

0,2

0,3

0,4 0,5
M (N.m)

0,6

0,7

I (A)
n (%)

28,0

0,0
0,0

9 130 451 049

CPB

35,0

80,0
n (rpm) x100
P (W)

24 V 80 W

0,0
0,8

280,5
157,75

/Y
el
illo

ar

/A
lo

/M
m

59

(+)

76

Am

()

98

ar
e

ro
M

ar

88

88

ar

/B

ro
w

lo
w

123,75

Vista "X" / View "X"

M
0

39

"X"
Marrom / Marrn / Brown

104

Amarelo / Amarillo / Yellow

FHIH J FHII

) %() %(%)


) C

B42 | Bosch

CPB
U

IF<

140,0

P

]]X

120,0

70,0
P

>>>H

1

IZ)

A

H_H

=

2I

19

19IH

C

IHHC

100,0

50,0
40,0

80,0
60,0

30,0

40,0

20,0

20,0

10,0

I (A)
n (%)

n

60,0
n

n (rpm) x100
P (W)

12 V 88 W

0,0

0,0
0,0

0,3

0,5
M (N.m)

9 130 451 074

0,8

134,5
105,4

17,45

A
()

(+)

9,5

12

114

108

Conexin (+) Terminal 6,3 x 0,8


Connection (+) Terminal 6,3 x 0,8

5,5

Conexo () Terminal para terminal 6,3 x 0,8


Conexin () Terminal para terminal 6,3 x 0,8
Connection () Terminals for terminals 6,3 x 0,8

13

Conexo (+) Terminal 6,3 x 0,8

96

CPB
120,0

U

F><

P

]X

42,0
n
P

100,0
<F

FHHH ZH[H Z_[H

1

3A

A

H[

=

2I

19

19IH

C

H]|HC

6A

80,0
n (rpm) x100
P (W)

n

II)

28,0
I

60,0

21,0
n

40,0

14,0

20,0

7,0

0,0
0,0

0,1

0,2

0,3

9 130 451 131

ris illo
/ G / Ye
llo
lu
re
w
e
y

0,6

0,7

0,0
0,8

Vista "X" / View "X"

Azul / Blue

Marrom / Marrn / Brown

/B

Cinza / Gris / Grey

52
Resistor

59

83
110
115

210

Amarelo / Amarillo / Yellow

74 max.
84 min.

(+) (+) (+)

11
5,5 x 7

Az

()

100

ul

za

/A
in

el
o
Am

ar

/G

r
/M
ar
m
ro
ar

0,4 0,5
M (N.m)

m
ar

/B

ro
w

"X"

35,0

V3

I (A)
n (%)

<I

CPB

24 V 78 W

A
84,5
108,5
166,5

) %() %(%)


) C

Porta-linguetas AMP 180 901-0 Nylon - cor natural


Linguetas AMP 626 323-1 Lato
Porta lengetas AMP 180 901-0 Nylon - color natural
Lengetas AMP 626 323-1 Latn
Latch compartment AMP 180 901-0 Nylon natural color
Latch AMP 626 323-1 Brass

FHIH J FHII

Bosch | B43

CPB
U

IF<

140,0

P

IF[X

120,0

n

ZZH

100,0

1

FH)

A

H_|

60,0

P
50,0

80,0
30,0
60,0

=

2I

40,0

19

19IH

20,0

C

H_HHC

I (A)
n (%)

40,0
n (rpm) x10
P (W)

12 V 125 W

n
20,0

10,0

0,0
0,0
0,0 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 0,8 0,9 1,0
M (N.cm)

9 130 451 143


96,5 max.

82,2 max.

B
,5
79 0
R R1

(+)

,5

148

116
130
140

()

Conexo () Terminal para terminal 6,3 x 0,8


Conexin () Terminal para terminal 6,3 x 0,8
Connection () Terminals for terminals 6,3 x 0,8

M
R

12

12

,5

93

Conexo (+) Terminal 6,3 x 0,8


Conexin (+) Terminal 6,3 x 0,8
Connection (+) Terminal 6,3 x 0,8

65
2
47 max.

5
10,8

CPB
160,0

F><

P

IH[X

n

>FHH

1

7A

A

IH[

=

2I

19

19IH

C

H_HHC

64,0

CPB
48,0

120,0

32,0

80,0

I (A)
n (%)

U

n (rpm) x100
P (W)

24 V 105 W

16,0

40,0

0,0

0,0
0,0 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 0,8 0,9 1,0
M (N.m)

F 006 B10 066

88

88

104
98
76

59

30
123,5

157
280,5

FHIH J FHII

) %() %(%)


) C

B44 | Bosch

CPB
70,0

U

IF<

140,0

P

_X

120,0

n

>HHH

100,0

1

I[)

A

H_[

=

2I

40,0

20,0

19

19IH

20,0

10,0

C

H_HHC

60,0

n
I

50,0
40,0

80,0
60,0

30,0

0,0
0,0

F 006 B10 071

0,2

88

0,4

0,6
M (N.m)

0,8

1,0

I (A)
n (%)

n (rpm) x100
P (W)

12 V 97 W

0,0

88

104
98
76

30

59

123,5

157
280,5

DPB
U

F><

P

IHX

n

Z]HH

1

IF)

A

FZ

=

300,0

70,0
P
60,0
50,0

n (rpm) x100
P (W)

40,0

I (A)
n (%)

200,0

30,0
100,0

2I

20,0

19

19FZ

C

I][HC

n
10,0
0,0
0,0

0 130 110 006

0,0
0,4

0,8

1,2

1,6

2,0

M (N.m)

175.5

12
0

30

55
R4
3

R3
4.2

220

10

R4

35

7.5
20

41

R 33

M4

5.6

7.6

40

2:1

4
2.6

147
0
12

7.6

76

51.3
34

40
18

DPB

24 V 170 W

Terminal A 6,3-2,5 DIN 46 343

) %() %(%)


) C

FHIH J FHII

Bosch | B45

DPD
F><

P

F]HX

n

[HHH

1

I[)

A

F

=

2I

19

19FZ

C

I>HHC

500,0

70,0

I
P

400,0

56,0

300,0

42,0

200,0

28,0

I (A)
n (%)

U

n (rpm) x100
P (W)

24 V 280 W

100,0

14,0
n

0,0
0,0

0 130 111 042

0,0
0,5

1,0

215
112.2

1,5
M (N.m)

2,0

2,5

Terminal - 6,3x0,8

Terminal 6,3x0,8

4.9
8g6

8g6

4.9

70.2

73

15.5

52

92

DPD
IF<

P

IZ>X

210,0
180,0

n

I|)

A

I

=

2I

19

19IH

C

H]HHS

36,0
24,0
12,0

30,0
0,0
0,0

0,3

0,6

1,2

1,5

0,0

A
Marrom

Preto

Marrn

Negro

Brown

Black

ro
w

lo
w

0,9
M (N.m)

+
X

/B

/Y
el

90,0

205

illo

48,0

r
ar

/M

/A

(+)

()

8 g6

ar

Am
ar

ro

el

60,0

120,0

60,0

268

ar

150,0

1

DPD

72,0

Z>HH

9 130 451 123

84,0

I (A)
n (%)

U

n (rpm) x100
P (W)

12 V 134 W

M
Rosca M-4

40

A
58
7,2

FHIH J FHII

Terminais 6,3 x 2,5 N AMP 626319-1

20

Thread M-4

Terminales 6,3 x 2,5 N AMP 626319-1


135

Terminals 6,3 x 2,5 Number AMP 626319-1

73,1

) %() %(%)


) C

B46 | Bosch

DPD
U

IF<

P

FHHX

n

ZFHH

1

Z>)

A

FHZ

=

2I

60,0

19

19IH

30,0

C

IZHHC

210,0

72,0

180,0
n

n (rpm) x100
P (W)

150,0

60,0

120,0

48,0

90,0

36,0
24,0

12,0
0,0

0,0
0,0

0,3

0,6

9 130 451 238

1,5

135

ro
/B

lo
/Y
el
illo

93,75

20

/M
ar

m
ar

1,2

65,25

/A

0,9
M (N.m)

130

105

M
ar

(+)

()
73

Am
ar

ro

el

84,0

I (A)
n (%)

12 V 200 W

(2x) Terminal 6,3 x 0,8 N AMP 880636-2 ou (280 081-2)

Aparafusar mx. = 5 mm

(2x) Terminal 6,3 x 0,8 N AMP 880636-2 (280 081-2)

Atornillar max. = 5 mm

(2x) Terminals 6,3 x 0,8 Number AMP 880636-2 or (280 081-2)

Max. screw = 5 mm

2xM

DPG
150,0

U

IF<

P

]|X

n

FHH

1

IZ)

A

I||

=

2I

19

19FZ

C

I>_HC

350,0

300,0
100,0
I (A)
n (%)

n (rpm) x10
P (W)

250,0
200,0
P

150,0

50,0

100,0
n
50,0
0,0
0,0

9 130 081 032

25,0

50,0

0,0
75,0 100,0 125,0 150,0 175,0
M (N.cm)

54,5

20

68

20

75,8

13

M6

23,5

26
20
9,7

69,1
12

280

(+)

119

()

,5

R2

10

11
7,2

7
3,8

15

A
Furo de dreno / Orificio de dreno / Drain hole

R 60

0,9

12
0

12

28

2,7

5
12

DPG

12 V 86 W

14,5

45
157 mx.

Terminais 6,3 x 0,8 / Terminales 6,3 x 0,8 / Drain hole 6,3 x 0,8

) %() %(%)


) C

FHIH J FHII

Bosch | B47

DPG
U

F><

400,0

P

IFFX

350,0

n

ZHHH

300,0

1

])

250,0

A

IH

=

2I

19

19FZ

C

I>_HC

350,0
n
300,0
250,0
200,0

I (A)
n (%)

n (rpm) x10
P (W)

24 V 122 W

200,0
P
150,0

150,0

n
100,0

100,0

50,0

50,0

0,0
0,0

9 130 081 055

25,0

50,0

0,0
75,0 100,0 125,0 150,0 175,0
M (N.cm)

54,5

20
280

12

68

75,8

26
20
9,7

20

23,5

M6

(+)

13

119

()

69,1

,5

R2

10

11
7,2

2,7
3,8

12

12

28

15

R 60

0,9

12

45

A
Furo de dreno / Orificio de dreno / Drain hole

14,5

157 mx.

Terminais 6,3 x 0,8 / Terminales 6,3 x 0,8 / Drain hole 6,3 x 0,8

DPG
U

IF<

350,0

P

55 W

300,0

n

F[HH

250,0

1

II)

A

IZH

=

2I

19

19FZ

C

I>_HC

n
/R
ed
o

I (A)
n (%)

10,0

50,0
0,0
0,0

0,0
25,0

50,0

75,0
100,0
M (N.cm)

125,0

Terminais
AMP 180 908

54,5

Terminales
AMP 180 908
20

69,1

el

18

23

Terminal
AMP 180 908

25

20

119

68

280

Vermelho

75,8

/B
ro
w
n

/R
oj

ar
r

20,0

Drain hole position the same as whip


outlet position

(+)

40,0

30,0

Posicin del orificio del dreno igual


posicin de la salida del chicote

ho

/M
m

100,0

Ve
rm

ar
ro
M

()

50,0

150,0

Posio do furo de dreno igual posio


da sada do chicote

DPG

200,0

9 130 081 058

60,0
n

n (rpm) x10
P (W)

12 V 55 W

Rojo

Marrom

Red

Marrn
Brown

10

0
12

12

28

M6

12

14,5

45
157 max.

FHIH J FHII

) %() %(%)


) C

B48 | Bosch

DPG
U

F><

400,0

P

75 W

350,0

n

Z[HH

300,0

1

6A

250,0

A

FI]

=

2I

19

19FZ

C

I>_HC

100,0
150,0

ck
la
en

/B

80,0
60,0
I

40,0
20,0

0,0
0

25

50

75

0,0
100 125 150 175 200 225
M (N.cm)

13
12

87

14,5
7

20

8 g6

75,8

Ve
r

de

10,5

27,2

68

ro

I (A)
n (%)

120,0

155,4 max.

/G
re

eg

,8

/N

140,0

50,0

20

160,0

100,0

10

et

200,0

200,0

9 130 081 060

Pr

220,0

180,0

n (rpm) x10
P (W)

24 V 75 W

36

Preto / Negro / Black


Verde / Green
100
160

DPG
120,0

IF<
IIHX

n

[[_

1

I]IZ)

A

IZH

I
100,0

700,0

=

2I

19

19FZ

C

I>_HC

n (rpm) x10
P (W)

600,0

80,0

500,0
60,0
400,0

300,0

I (A)
n (%)

800,0

P

40,0

200,0
20,0
100,0
0,0
0,0

9 130 451 109

0,0
25,0

50,0

75,0
100,0
M (N.cm)

125,0

69,1

68
-0.005
-0.014

(+)

10

7
14,5

15

+
B

2,7

0,9

11

7,2

2,
5

157 max.
26
20

3,8
R 60

6
x) 28
(3

1,9
5,6
29,3

12

12
0

75,8

19,5
3

23,5

()

20

12

DPG

U

12 V 110 W

) %() %(%)


) C

Furo de dreno

Terminais 6,3 x 0,8

Orificio de dreno

Terminales 6,3 x 0,8

Drain hole

Terminals 6,3 x 0,8

FHIH J FHII

Bosch | B49

DPG
24 V 90 W

U

F><

400,0

P

_HX

350,0

n

ZHHH

300,0

1

])

250,0

A

IH

200,0
n

180,0

=

2I

19

19FZ

C

I>_HC

140,0

120,0
100,0

200,0
P

80,0

150,0

60,0
100,0
40,0

I
50,0

20,0

0,0
0,0

25,0

0,0
75,0 100,0 125,0 150,0 175,0
M (N.cm)

50,0

12

19,5

68

16

(+)

20

0,005

8 0,014

75,8

9 130 451 116

()

I (A)
n (%)

n (rpm) x10
P (W)

160,0

1,9
26
5,6

20

29,3

9,7

14,5

15
157 max.

2,7

0,9

11

7,2

R 2,5

3,8

R 60

+
B

Furo de dreno

Terminais 6,3 x 0,8

Orificio de dreno

Terminales 6,3 x 0,8

Drain hole

Terminals 6,3 x 0,8

DPG
12 V 100 W

U

IF<

400,0

P

IHHX

350,0

200,0
180,0

DPG

160,0

n

FHH

300,0

1

IZ)

250,0

A

I]H
=

120,0
100,0

200,0
P
150,0

2I

19

19FZ

C

I>_HC

60,0

100,0
40,0
50,0

20,0
0,0

0,0
0,0 25,0

12

19,5

16

(+)

20

0,005

8 0,014

68

50,0 75,0 100,0 125,0 150,0 175,0


M (N.cm)

75,8

9 130 451 117

()

80,0

n
I

I (A)
n (%)

n (rpm) x10
P (W)

=

140,0

1,9
26

5,6

20

29,3

9,7

14,5

15
157 max.

2,7

0,9

3,8

+
B

FHIH J FHII

A
R 60

11

7,2

R 2,5

Furo de dreno

Terminais 6,3 x 0,8

Orificio de dreno

Terminales 6,3 x 0,8

Drain hole

Terminals 6,3 x 0,8

) %() %(%)


) C

B50 | Bosch

DPG
300,0

U

F><

P

36 W

n

F|HH

1

F])

A

I_[

=

200,0

180,0
250,0

160,0
140,0
n

120,0

150,0

100,0

80,0
100,0

2I

19

19FZ

C

I>_HC

I (A)
n (%)

200,0
n (rpm) x10
P (W)

24 V 36 W

60,0
40,0

50,0

I
20,0

0,0
0,0

9 130 451 236

25,0 50,0

0,0
75,0 100,0 125,0 150,0 175,0 200,0
M (N.cm)

Terminais
AMP 180 908
Terminales
AMP 180 908
(+)
59,4

Vermelho

19,5

1,9
5,6
29,3

10

Rojo

Marrom

Red

Marrn
Brown

12

7
M6

12

12

20

16

3
68

8 0.005
0.014

18

Terminal
AMP 180 908

25

21

75,8

()

13

28

14,5

147 max.

DPG
400,0

P

I|_X

350,0

140,0

n

FZHH

300,0

120,0

1

F>)

250,0

100,0

A

I]F

=

2I

19

19FZ

C

IF|HC

n (rpm) x100
P (W)

IF<

200,0

80,0

150,0

60,0

100,0

40,0

50,0

20,0

F 006 B10 170

0,0
0,0

40,0

80,0
120,0
M (N.cm)

160,0

I (A)
n (%)

160,0

U

0,0
200,0

12
26
20
9.7

Terminal
6,3x0,8

11
7.2

75.8

3
68

19.5

16

3.8

1.9
5.6

R 60

DPG

12 V 169 W

29.3

7
14.5
157 max.

) %() %(%)


) C

FHIH J FHII

Bosch | B51

DPG
200,0

IF<

P

_HX

n

F][H

1

IZ)

A

I[

350,0

n
180,0
160,0

300,0

140,0

250,0

=

2I

19

19FZ

C

I>_HC

120,0
200,0

100,0
P

I (A)
n (%)

U

n (rpm) x10
P (W)

12 V 90 W

80,0

150,0
n

60,0

100,0

40,0
50,0

20,0

0,0
0,0

F 006 KM0 402

25,0

50,0

0,0
75,0 100,0 125,0 150,0 175,0
M (N.cm)

48

26,3

21

53,5
()

(+)

56

11,6

ma
5

(+)

20
68
75,8
301
320

120

10

120

14,9

7,5

12
5

x.

12,5
9,7

()

7
14,5

4,35

18,85

Terminal N 017 473


Material: CuSn6 F48 ou CuSn6 F55 - DIN 17 670
Terminal N 017 473
Material: CuSn6 F48 CuSn6 F55 - DIN 17 670

20
69,4
137,8 max.

Terminal N 017 473


Material: CuSn6 F48 or CuSn6 F55 - DIN 17 670

GBM
250,0

IF<

P

IZX

80,0

GBM

n

Z[H

1

I)

A

I|[

=

2I

19

19IH

C

IZ[HC

200,0

64,0

150,0

48,0

100,0

32,0

I (A)
n (%)

U

n (rpm) x100
P (W)

12 V 137 W

50,0

16,0

0,0
0,0

F 006 B10 310

0,4

0,8

1,2

1,6

M (N.m)

75
70

7.8

5.

R8

16

+
141
150

0,0

103.6

65

FHIH J FHII

5
6.7
R 9 75
3.
R9

30
36
40

Terminal
AMP 964314-1

55.45

7
10.8

92.8

) %() %(%)


) C

B52 | Bosch

GBM
IF<

350,0

P

FIFX

300,0

n

>HHH

1

F>)

A

FZ

=

2I

96,0

250,0

80,0

200,0

64,0

150,0

48,0
32,0

100,0
n

19

19IH

C

I>HHC

16,0

50,0
0,0
0,0

0,3

0,6

0,9

F 006 B10 351

1,2

1,8

R7
7
R 7 .45
0.9

14
9

.2

0.4

91

16

24

12.5

61

.5

24

12.5

132.5
125.5

6
12.5 1

57.45

12.5
16

.5

53

0,0

2,1

65
33

R8

3.6

1,5

M (N.m)

112,0

I (A)
n (%)

U

n (rpm) x100
P (W)

12 V 212 W

63

90.3
45

KKP 1620.3

25
65
143

GBM
IF<

350,0

P

IZX

300,0

n

Z[H

1

I)

A

I|[

=

2I

112,0
96,0

250,0

80,0

200,0

64,0

150,0

48,0

I (A)
n (%)

U

n (rpm) x100
P (W)

32,0

100,0
n

19

19IH

C

H_HHC

16,0

50,0
0,0
0,0

0,3

0,6

F 006 B10 353

0,9

1,2

1,5

1,8

2,1

0,0

M (N.m)

110

Terminal AMP 280 081-2


-

8g6

GBM

12 V 137 W

37

67.5
136.5

) %() %(%)


) C

32.4
78.2

FHIH J FHII

Bosch | B53

GBM
250,0

IF<

P

IZX

n

Z[H

1

I)

A

I|[

=

2I

19

19IH

C

IZ[HC

64,0

150,0

48,0

100,0

32,0

50,0

16,0

0,0
0,0

0,4

0,8

1,2

1,6

0,0

M (N.m)

Terminal AMP 964308-1

75
70

7.8

16
9
5.
5

R8

141
150

31

200,0

F 006 B10 370

80,0

I (A)
n (%)

U

n (rpm) x100
P (W)

12 V 137 W

65
9
15

12

12

103.6

5
6.7
R 9 3.75
R9

30
36
40

55.45

60

7
10.8
92.8

GPA
U

24 V 550 W

1200,0

F><

400,0

1100,0

n

ZZHH

1

35 A

A

IH][

900,0

300,0

800,0
250,0
700,0
600,0

2I

300,0

19

19IH

200,0

400,0

150,0

100,0

50,0
100,0

188.5 max
140.3

20

0,0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100
M (N.cm)

35
10

0,0

108

M12

12
6.5

19

150

12g7

SW10

120

M6

11

11
0

Z>HHC

F 006 B10 267

100

200,0

500,0

=

C

GPA

350,0
1000,0

I (A)
n (%)

[[HX

n (rpm) x10
P (W)

P

Terminal DIN 46 340 - A6,3-6-MS-Bd

FHIH J FHII

) %() %(%)


) C

B54 | Bosch

GPA
U

IF<

900,0

P

>]HX

800,0

1
A

350,0

ZF[H

300,0

600,0

|H)


=

2I

19

19IH

C

Z>HHC

250,0

500,0
200,0
400,0

I (A)
n (%)

n

400,0

700,0

n (rpm) x10
P (W)

12 V 480 W

150,0
300,0
200,0

100,0

50,0

100,0
0,0
0,0

F 006 B10 268

163 max
140.3

100

200

300

400 500
M (N.cm)

600

700

0,0
800

M6

8
11

150

12g7

108

SW10

M12

12

5.5

120

100

11

11

12

22,3
10

Terminal DIN 46 340 - A6,3-6-MS-Bd

GPA
U

IF<

800,0

P

[I[X

700,0

350,0

n

ZHHH

600,0

300,0

1

65 A

500,0

400,0

250,0
I

A

|>]

=

2I

200,0

19

19IH

100,0

C

Z>HHC

400,0

200,0

300,0

150,0

0,0
0,0

F 006 B10 269

I (A)
n (%)

n (rpm) x10
P (W)

100,0

50,0

100

200

300
400
M (N.cm)

500

600

0,0
700

0
11

M6
9

120

11

12
0

10

M8x1
9h12
12g7

108

100

140.3
188.5 max.

22.3

150

GPA

12 V 515 W

Terminal DIN 46 340 - A6,3-6-MS-Bd

) %() %(%)


) C

FHIH J FHII

Bosch | B55

GPA
U

12 V 510 W

1000,0

IF<

P

400,0
P

900,0

[IHX

350,0

800,0

1

H)

A

]][

=

2I

19

19IH

C

Z>HHC

I 300,0

700,0

250,0

600,0
500,0
400,0

200,0
n
150,0

300,0
200,0

100,0

50,0

100,0

0,0
0,0
0,0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900
M (N.cm)

F 006 B10 270

0
11

M12

12g7

SW8

108

M6

10

12

12
0

13

0
11

120

8 min.

M6

10

18
10
5

100

I (A)
n (%)

ZFHH
n (rpm) x10
P (W)

n

11

M
22.3

150

140.3
185 max.

Terminal DIN 46 340 - A6,3-6-MS-Bd

GPA
IF<

800,0

P

>[X

700,0

n

ZHHH

600,0

1

|])

500,0

A

|Z]

=

2I

19

19IH

C

Z>HHC

400,0

300,0
250,0
I

400,0 n

200,0

300,0

150,0

200,0

100,0

100,0
0,0
0,0

F 006 B10 271

50,0
0,0
100

M12

11

12q7
108

600

12

500

12

300
400
M (N.cm)

11

120

6.5

200

M6

10

100

GPA

350,0

I (A)
n (%)

U

n (rpm) x10
P (W)

12 V 475 W

SW10

8
11

150

5.1 max.
140.3
185 max.

22.3

Terminal DIN 46 340 - A6,3-6-MS-Bd

FHIH J FHII

) %() %(%)


) C

B56 | Bosch

GPA
600,0

U

F><

P

F][X

n

FH[H

400,0
350,0

500,0

P
300,0

400,0

_)

A

]II

=

250,0
300,0

200,0
n

I (A)
n (%)

1

n (rpm) x10
P (W)

24 V 285 W

150,0

200,0

2I

19

19IH

C

Z>HHC

100,0

n
I

100,0

50,0
0,0
0,0

F 006 B10 272

0,0
100

200

300

400 500
M (N.cm)

600

700

800

8g7

11

12

120
108

100

18
22

0
11

M6

10

SW10

7.2

150

140.3
176 max.

29.3

Terminal DIN 46 340 - A6,3-6-MS-Bd

GPA
1200,0

F><

400,0

1100,0

n

ZZHH

350,0
1000,0
900,0

1

35 A

A

IH][

250,0
700,0
600,0

2I

300,0

19

19IH

200,0

400,0

150,0

100,0

50,0
100,0
0,0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100
M (N.cm)

12g7

M12-LH

108

12

SW10

120
6.5

11

M6

10

0,0

11

Z>HHC

F 006 B10 273

100

200,0

500,0

=

C

300,0

800,0
I (A)
n (%)

[[HX

n (rpm) x10
P (W)

P

12

19

150

GPA

U

24 V 550 W

140.3
188.5 max.

35

Terminal DIN 46 340 - A6,3-6-MS-Bd

) %() %(%)


) C

FHIH J FHII

Bosch | B57

GPA
U

24 V 550 W

1200,0

F><

400,0

1100,0

P

[[HX

n

ZF[H

350,0
1000,0
900,0

300,0

35 A

A

IH][

250,0
700,0
600,0

200,0

I (A)
n (%)

1

n (rpm) x10
P (W)

800,0

500,0

=

2I

300,0

19

19IH

200,0

150,0

400,0

100,0

50,0
100,0

C

Z>HHC

0,0

F 006 B10 274

0,0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100
M (N.cm)

188.5 max.
35
10

108

11
0
12g7

11.5

120

100

6.5
7.5

150

SW10

0
11

12

M6

140.3

Terminal DIN 46 340 - A6, 3-6-MS-Bd

GPA
24 V 555 W

U

F><

1500,0

P

555 W

1300,0

400,0

1400,0

GPA

350,0

1200,0
300,0

1100,0
1000,0

ZF)

A

IZ>[

=

2I

19

19IH

250,0

900,0
800,0

700,0
600,0

200,0

I (A)
n (%)

1

ZZHH
n (rpm) x10
P (W)

n

150,0

500,0

C

400,0 n
300,0

100,0

200,0

50,0

100,0

Z>HHC

0,0
0

F 006 B10 275

200

400

600
800
M (N.cm)

1000

1200

0,0
1400

35

19

150

11
0

12g7

108

0.5x45

2.5
4N9

2.5
31
12

17

120

100

11

12
5

M12-LH

12
0

M6

10

140.3
188.5 max.

35

Terminal DIN 46 340 - A6,3-6-MS-Bd

FHIH J FHII

) %() %(%)


) C

B58 | Bosch

GPB
P

400,0

500,0

F><

450,0

I[X

350,0
P

400,0

F|HH

1

IF[)

A

[H|

=

2I

19

19HZ

C

IZ[HC

300,0
350,0
n (rpm) x10
P (W)

n

300,0 n

250,0

250,0

200,0

200,0

I (A)
n (%)

U

24 V 175 W

150,0

150,0
100,0

100,0

50,0

50,0

0,0

0,0
0

F 006 KM0 60N

100

200

300
M (N.cm)

400

500

Terminal MTA 17.07675

120

13

101.8
366.5
388.5

MTS

12

17

23
84.3

GPB
U

IF<

400,0

P

FI]X

350,0

n

ZIHH

300,0

1

FZ[)

250,0

A

Z>>

200,0

180,0

160,0

2I

19

19HZ

C

I[_[C

120,0

200,0

100,0

I (A)
n (%)

n (rpm) x10
P (W)

=

140,0

80,0

150,0

60,0
100,0
40,0
50,0

20,0

0,0
0,0

F 006 KM0 611

0,0
50,0 100,0 150,0 200,0 250,0 300,0 350,0
M (N.cm)

110,8

8
13

368

ro

(A)

390
154

(C+)

B
M

4,35
(3x)

12
0

ar

14,9

/N
eg

15

/M

ro

ar

et

/B
la

/B

ck

ro

23

Pr

GPB

12 V 218 W

20

() Marrom / Marrn / Brown


21,5
(+) Preto / Negro / Black

Vista "B" / View "B"

) %() %(%)


) C

20,2
87,6

FHIH J FHII

Bosch | B59

GPC
12 V 125 W

200,0

U

IF<

P

IF[X

n

F|HH

250,0

1

FF)

200,0

A

Z>H

=

300,0 n

180,0
P
160,0

120,0

150,0
80,0
n
100,0

2I

19

19HZ

C

I[ZHC

60,0
40,0

50,0
20,0
0,0
0,0

9 130 451 125

0,0
50,0 100,0 150,0 200,0 250,0 300,0 350,0
M (N.cm)

33

(+)

20,5
9

12

22

366

~~6

10

M6

12

()

100,0

() Marrom / Marrn / Brown

~ 20
86
101

132

138

I (A)
n (%)

n (rpm) x10
P (W)

140,0

X
XX
XX
XX
XX
XX
XX

X
XX
XX
XX
XX
XX
XX

25

26

XX
XX
XX XX
XX XX
XX XX

"Y"

158

(+) Preto / Negro / Black

26,3
60

Vista "Y" / View "Y"

32,5

GPC
U

F><

350,0

P

I[HX

300,0

140,0
P

F_HH

1

IH)

A

Z>_

=

2I

19

19HZ

C

I[ZHC

GPC
120,0

n
250,0
200,0

80,0
I

150,0

60,0

100,0

40,0

50,0

20,0

0,0

9 130 451 127

100,0
I (A)
n (%)

n

n (rpm) x10
P (W)

24 V 150 W

0,0

0,0
50,0 100,0 150,0 200,0 250,0 300,0 350,0
M (N.cm)

"X"
25

20

,5

101

(+)

50
5
28,

()

23

86

24,

()

(+)

Vista "X" / View "X"

FHIH J FHII

99
113,5

) %() %(%)


) C

B60 | Bosch

GPC
300,0

IF<

P

HX

n

FZHH

1

IH)

A

ZHH

=

200,0
180,0

n
250,0

160,0
P

140,0

200,0

120,0
150,0

100,0
I

100,0

2I

19

19HZ

C

I[ZHC

I (A)
n (%)

U

n (rpm) x10
P (W)

12 V 70 W

80,0

60,0
40,0

50,0

20,0
0,0

0,0
0,0

9 130 451 136

50,0

100,0 150,0 200,0


M (N.cm)

250,0 300,0

24

,5

12

23

35

M6(3x)

28

,5

120

86

124

'

138
-

101

50

158

1,3

1
20 5

(+)

,5

()

22

305

2,5

R6

33,5 1,2
C

"X"
41

19 11

60
113,5

32,5

Vista "X" / View "X"

GPC
U

400,0

IF<

200,0
n

P

I[[X

350,0

n

ZZHH

300,0

1

F[)

250,0

A

Z[F

=

2I

19

19HZ

C

I[ZHC

180,0
160,0

120,0

200,0

100,0

150,0

80,0

60,0
40,0
50,0

20,0

0,0

0,0
50,0 100,0 150,0 200,0 250,0 300,0 350,0

0,0

9 130 451 165

M (N.cm)

1,2
305

33,5

"A"

25

86

20

101

317

50,

158
138

12
0

0
12

23

124

(+)

21,3

22

()

I (A)
n (%)

n (rpm) x10
P (W)

140,0
I

100,0

2
M6 (3x)

GPC

12 V 155 W

19
60
()

(+)

96,5
113,5

Vista "A" / View "A"

) %() %(%)


) C

FHIH J FHII

Bosch | B61

GPC
U

12 V 58 W

200,0

IF<
n

250,0

P

[]X

n

F>HH

1

IH)

A

ZHH

180,0
160,0

140,0
120,0

150,0

100,0
I

2I

19

19HZ

C

I[ZHC

60,0
40,0

50,0

20,0
0,0
0,0

9 130 451 216

0,0
50,0

100,0 150,0 200,0

250,0

300,0

M (N.cm)

280

A
32

300
XX

XX

XX X X

XX

25

X XX

XX

()

80,0

100,0
n

I (A)
n (%)

n (rpm) x10
P (W)

=

200,0

(+)

86

101

20

295
124

22

x xx
x
xx

1,3
(3x)

158
138

12

12

18

43,2
11
56,0

20,5
96,5
M6 (3x)

()
(+)
Vista "A" / View "A"

GPC
400,0

IF<

400,0
n

I>ZX

350,0

n

Z>HH

300,0

300,0

1

FZ)

250,0

250,0

A

Z[]

200,0

200,0

=

2I

19

19HZ

C

IF|HC

n (rpm) x100
P (W)

P

GPC

350,0

150,0

I (A)
n (%)

U

12 V 143 W

150,0
I

100,0

100,0
n

50,0
0,0
0,0

F 006 B10 257

50,0
0,0
50,0 100,0 150,0 200,0 250,0 300,0 350,0 400,0
M (N.cm)

X
62.5

15.3

Terminal EF 4.8-4 N101 573

138

435

12

12

101
301
320

55
1

Vista "X"
View "X"

48
96.5 max.

FHIH J FHII

) %() %(%)


) C

B62 | Bosch

GPD
U

IF<

900,0

P

>][X

800,0

n

FZH

1

>)

A

_>[

=

500,0

400,0

700,0
600,0

300,0
500,0

I (A)
n (%)

485 W

n (rpm) x10
P (W)

12 V

400,0

200,0

n
300,0

2I

19

19HZ

C

F|HC

200,0

100,0

100,0
0,0

0,0
100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000
M (N.cm)

F 006 KM0 62H


Y

+
(br)

18

30,7

22

28

(r t+)
M8x1
-0,010
12 -0,024

30

13

120

M6

360

X
5
9h12

12

br

84

5
1

r t+

1,7

Vista "Y" / View "Y"

Vista "X" / View "X"

CDP
60,0

30,0

[HX

P2
<F

F]

>|

3A

>)

I)

I]Z)

Z
[H

n2

50,0

^I

30,0 n1

15,0

20,0

10,0

10,0

5,0

L
2I
19>>
0,0
0,0

IZHHC

20,0

35
30

Detalhe do Plug
32,5
13
M6

Detalle del clavija

53b

53

0,0
60,0

40,0
M (N.m)

38

5F

20,0

I2
I1

42

Plug details
53a
31b
31

53b
53

13,6

31b

53a

120
160

5F

P1

40,0

0 390 242 400

25,0

n1

n2

I (A)
n (%)

<I

n (rpm)
P (W)

n
1
1 )

A
1
=
2
19
C

F><

GPD

U
P

24 V 50 W

II

31

62

ngulo do flanco do dente: 90 - N de dentes: 42 - Passo: 0,675

Plug referncia N AMP 180 906

Furo de dreno

ngulo del flanco del diente 90 - N de dientes: 42 - Paso: 0,675

Clavija referencia N AMP 180 906

Orificio de dreno

Tooth flank angle 90 - Number of teeth: 42 - Span: 0,675

Reference plug Number AMP 180 906

Drain hole

) %() %(%)


) C

FHIH J FHII

Bosch | B63

CEP
F><
<F

I[X

FHX

FF

ZF

3A

>)

21,0

n1
n2

n2

42,0

18,0

35,0

_[)

IF)



|

F]

F[[

15,0
n1

12,0
I1

P1

21,0

[[^I

I2

P2

28,0

n (rpm)
P (W)

P
n
1
1 )

A
1
=
2
19
C

49,0

<I

9,0

14,0

6,0

7,0

3,0

I (A)
n (%)

U

24 V 15 W / 20 W

=
2I
19FZ
0,0

IHHHC

0,0

9 390 453 033

0,0
3,0 6,0 9,0 12,0 15,0 18,0 21,0 24,0 27,0 30,0
M (N.m)

13,20,2 191 400,4

12030

12030
50,80,1
720,3
92

143 max.

M6 (3x)

20

9,46 h12
9,09

Branco/
Blanco/
White
53e

16010

Preto/
Negro/
Black
53a

Preto/Negro/Black - 53a

Verde/Green - 53
Branco/Blanco/White - 53e

Vermelho/
Rojo/
Red
53b

P
CE

Vermelho/Rojo/Red - 53b

Verde/
Green
53

30

350,1

151

30

61 max.

CEP
IF<

P

56 W

n

]H

1

IH[)

1 )

>)





A

Z]

|Z^I

=

.(=

2I

19

19FZ

C

IZHHC

105,0

P
n

90,0

49,0

75,0

35,0

60,0

28,0

45,0

21,0

30,0

14,0

15,0

7,0

0,0
0,0

CEP

42,0

I (A)
n (%)

U

n (rpm)
P (W)

12 V 56 W

0,0
6,0

12,0

18,0
24,0
M (N.m)

9 390 453 042

30,0

36,0

120

9,2

35

M6

12

120

M6

to /

Pre

Ver
m

elh

o/

Ne
gro

Ro

jo /

/ Bl
ack

Re
d

35

Encaje de los terminales


sellados a prueba de agua

50

Encaixe dos terminais


vedados prova d'gua

Water proof sealed terminal fitting

,8

250
143

Porca e arruela para rosca M6,


fornecidas montadas.
Tuerca y rondana para rosca M6,
suministradas montadas

M
10

Nut and washer for thread M6,


supplied assembled

Furo de dreno 5
Orificio de dreno

FHIH J FHII

61

Drain hole

) %() %(%)


) C

B64 | Bosch

CEP
55,0

<I

<F

I|X

I]X

FF

36 rpm

5A

6A

I[)

I|)



[

F]

I]

33,0
n2

50,0

30,0

45,0

27,0

n1

40,0

24,0

n2

35,0

|Z^I
L
2I

30,0

21,0
n1

18,0

I2

25,0

P2

I1

15,0

P1

20,0

12,0

15,0

9,0

10,0

6,0

5,0

3,0

19FZ

0,0
0,0

IHHHC

5,0

I (A)
n (%)

P
n
1
1 )

A
1
=
2
19
C

IF<

n (rpm)
P (W)

U

12 V 16 W / 18 W

10,0

15,0
20,0
M (N.m)

0,0
30,0

F 006 B20 047

25,0

130,8

M6

30015

35
12 min.

35
53b
53
M

31b

A10 x M8 DIN 72 783

,2
0
0,8
5

31

53b
31b
Vermelho/ Amarelo/
Rojo/
Amarillo/
Red
Yellow

80,2

max. 143

53a

31
Marrom/
Marrn/
Brown

20
0
12

Verde/ Preto/
Green Negro/
53
Black
53a

max. 61

CEP
33,0

55,0

<I

<F

I>X

I_X

FZ

37 rpm

F)

3A

6A

])

|

[

F|

I]

50,0

|Z^I

n2

45,0

27,0

n2

40,0

24,0
21,0

35,0
30,0

n1

18,0

25,0

15,0

P2
P1

20,0
15,0

30,0

n1

12,0
I2

10,0

2I

5,0

19FZ

9,0
I1

6,0
3,0

0,0
0,0 3,0

IHHHC

I (A)
n (%)

F><

n (rpm)
P (W)

P
n
1
1 )

A
1
=
2
19
C

6,0

0,0
9,0 12,0 15,0 18,0 21,0 24,0 27,0
M (N.m)

F 006 B20 048

130,8

M6

53b
53
M

31b

A10 x M8 DIN 72 783

,2
0
0,8
5

53a
31

30015

35
12 min.

35

max. 143

CEP

U

12 V 14 W / 19 W

31
Marrom/
Marrn/
Brown

31b
53b
Vermelho/ Amarelo/
Amarillo/
Rojo/
Yellow
Red

80,2

20
0
12

Verde/ Preto/
Green Negro/
Black
53
53a

max. 61

) %() %(%)


) C

FHIH J FHII

Bosch | B65

CEP
40,0

60,0

<I

<F

35 W

Z]X

F_

>F

n2

P2

_[)

ZI)

ZI)

36,0

IF

_

[|

Z

|Z^I
=
2I
19FZ
IHHHC

24,0
20,0

24,0

16,0

18,0

12,0

12,0

8,0

6,0

4,0

0,0

0,0
0,0 6,0 12,0 18,0 24,0 30,0 36,0 42,0 48,0 54,0 60,0
M (N.m)

12

35
12 min.

35

53b
53
M

32,0
28,0

n1

M6

255

I1

I2

30,0

F 006 B20 050

11

36,0

P1

48,0
42,0

])

n1
n2

54,0

I (A)
n (%)

P
n
1
1 )

A
1
=
2
19
C

IF<

5
0,8

120

U

n (rpm)
P (W)

12 V 35 W / 38 W

Marrom/
Marrn/
Brown
31

Verde/
Green
53

31b
Vermelho/ Branco/
Rojo/
Blanco/
Red
White
53b
31b

A10xM8 DIN 72 783


143,5

31

61

CEP
60,0

<I

<F

ZHX

36 W

ZH

>>

6A

])

F][)

F_)

IH

]

[]

Z]

n2

54,0

P2

P1

36,0

48,0
I2

36,0

=
2I
19FZ
IHHHC

F 006 B20 057

28,0
n1

24,0

30,0

20,0

24,0

16,0

18,0

12,0

12,0

8,0

6,0

4,0

0,0

0,0
0,0 6,0 12,0 18,0 24,0 30,0 36,0 42,0 48,0 54,0 60,0
M (N.m)

12

35
12 min.

35

53b
53

5
0,8

Verde/
Green
53

Marrom/
Marrn/
Brown
31

31b
Vermelho/ Branco/
Rojo/
Blanco/
Red
White
53b
31b

A10xM8 DIN 72 783


31

143,5

I1

M6

11

CEP

32,0

42,0

|Z^I

315

40,0

n1

n2

I (A)
n (%)

P
n
1
1 )

A
1
=
2
19
C

IF<

120

U

n (rpm)
P (W)

12 V 30 W / 36 W

61

FHIH J FHII

) %() %(%)


) C

B66 | Bosch

CEP
IF<
<F

F_X

Z][X

F_

>]

_)

63,0

n2

IF)

42,0

ZF)

IH

]

>Z

ZI

|Z^I
L

n1

P1

24,0

n1

35,0

20,0

28,0

16,0

21,0

12,0

14,0

8,0

7,0

4,0

2I
19FZ

0,0
0,0

IHHHC

0,0
8,0

16,0

24,0
M (N.m)

32,0

35


80,8
M6

53b 53 31b 31

,2

A10xM8 DIN 72 783

,8

50

max. 143

40,0

12

80,2
53b (53i)
53
31b

32,0
28,0

n2

F 006 B20 058

35

I1

P2
49,0

ZH)

36,0
I2

56,0

n (rpm)
P (W)

P
n
1
1 )

A
1
=
2
19
C

40,0

70,0

<I

I (A)
n (%)

U

12 V 29 W / 38,5 W

max 61

CEP
33,0

55,0

<I

<F

I|X

I]X

FF

36 rpm

5A

6A

I[)

I|)



[

F]

I]

50,0

n2

45,0

27,0

n1

40,0

24,0

n2

35,0

|Z^I
L
2I

21,0

30,0 n1

18,0
I2

25,0

P2

I1

15,0

P1

20,0

12,0

15,0

9,0

10,0

6,0

5,0

19FZ

0,0
0,0

IHHHC

F 006 B20 063


35
12 min.

3,0
5,0

10,0

15,0
20,0
M (N.m)

25,0

0,0
30,0

130,8

M6

35

30,0

I (A)
n (%)

IF<

n (rpm)
P (W)

P
n
1
1 )

A
1
=
2
19
C

53b

A10 x M8 DIN 72 783

,2

53
53a
31

0
,8

80,2

31b

5
max. 143

CEP

U

12 V 16 W / 18 W

0
2
0
12

max. 61

) %() %(%)


) C

FHIH J FHII

Bosch | B67

CEP
F><

33,0
n2

<F

I>X

I_X

FZ

37 rpm

F)

3A

6A

])

|

[

F|

I]

50,0

30,0

n1

45,0

27,0

n2

40,0

24,0

35,0
n (rpm)
P (W)

P
n
1
1 )

A
1
=
2
19
C

55,0

<I

30,0

21,0
n1

18,0

25,0

15,0

P2
P1

20,0

|Z^I

15,0

12,0
9,0

I2
I1

10,0

2I

0,0
0,0 3,0

IHHHC

0,0
9,0 12,0 15,0 18,0 21,0 24,0 27,0
M (N.m)

6,0

F 006 B20 064


35
12 min.

130,8

M6

35

6,0
3,0

5,0

19FZ

I (A)
n (%)

U

24 V 14 W / 19 W

53b

A10 x M8 DIN 72 783

0,2

53

0,8

31b
53a
31

5
max. 143

80,2

0
2
0
12

max. 61

CEP
F><

70,0

42,0

65,0

39,0

60,0

36,0
33,0

P

FZX

n

>FM[F

55,0

1

3,5 A

50,0

1 )

I>[)

 )

I

45,0
40,0

30,0
27,0

24,0
I

35,0

18,0

25,0

15,0

_^I

=

.(=

20,0

12,0

2I

15,0

9,0

10,0

6,0

19FZ

C

IZHHC

5,0

3,0

0,0
0,0

F 006 B20 106

8,0

16,0

24,0
32,0
M (N.m)

"X"

0,94+0,05

1+0,2

11+0,1
0,2

143

120 2

127,5

37,5

0.2

+ + + ++++

,8

Vista "X"
View "X"

++ ++++ +

M6
7h11

35

190#10

35

50

0,0
48,0

40,0

DIN 46 340 - B6,3-MS

Marrom/Marrn/Brown (+) (-) Verde/Green CCW


Verde/Green (+) (-) Marrom/Marrn/Brown CW
L1
Marrom/
Marrn/
C1
Brown
M
C2
L2
Verde/
Green

21,0

30,0

19

CEP

I (A)
n (%)

U

n (rpm)
P (W)

24 V 23 W

14 14

61 (max.)

FHIH J FHII

) %() %(%)


) C

B68 | Bosch

CEP
P
n
1
1 )

A
1
=
2
19
C

60,0

<I

<F

I]X

FHX

ZH

>F

54,0

36,0

48,0

])

42,0

FI)

FH[)

36,0

|

>[

Z>[

I_[

>)

40,0
n1

n2

|Z^I
=

32,0
28,0

n1 n2

24,0
P1
I2

P2

16,0

18,0

12,0

12,0

8,0

6,0

4,0

19FZ

0,0
0,0

IHHHC

6,0

12,0

F 006 B20 134

0,0
36,0

20

M6 (3x)

18^55
+2^
M8
j 8,6-0,15

37,5

80,2

,2

143 max.

30,0

0
12

53b

18,0
24,0
M (N.m)

35 28 max.
17,20,8 12 min.

31
31b
53a
53b
53

20,0

24,0

2I

53
31b

I1

30,0

I (A)
n (%)

IF<

12020

U

n (rpm)
P (W)

12 V 18 W / 20 W

53a
31

J 61

CEP
F[X

FFX

F[

37 rpm

>[)

3,5 A

IH)

IF[)

_

]

Z[

F

50,0

n2

27,0
n2

40,0

18,0
15,0

25,0
I2

20,0

=
2I

I1

9,0

10,0

6,0

5,0

3,0

19FZ

0,0
0,0

IHHHC

6,0

12,0

18,0
24,0
M (N.m)

35 28 max.
17,20,8 12 min.

53a
31

0,0
36,0

20

37,5

80,2

30,0

0
12

M6 (3x)

18^55
+2^
M8
j 8,6-0,15

12,0

15,0

53b

21,0
P1

30,0

F 006 B20 135

53
31b

24,0
P2

35,0 n1

|Z^I

31
31b
53a
53b
53

30,0

n1

45,0

I (A)
n (%)

<F

n (rpm)
P (W)

P
n
1
1 )

A
1
=
2
19
C

33,0

55,0

<I

,2

12020

F><

143 max.

U

CEP

24 V 25 W / 22 W

J 61

) %() %(%)


) C

FHIH J FHII

Bosch | B69

CEP
<I

P
n
1
1 )

A
1
=
2
19
C

<F

F]X

36 W

F]

>]

>)

6A

I|)

F>)

IH

[

>]

>H

|Z^I
=
2I
19FZ
IHHHC

F 006 B20 136

x
x

x
x

xx

Vermelho/Rojo/Red - 53b
Verde/Green - 53
Branco/Blanco/White - 53e

12020

xx
xx
x

20

0
12

50
,8
0,1

30^1^

Preto/Negro/Black - 53a
Marrom/Marrn/Brown - 31

31

53e

53
53a

53b

143 max.

191 35
12 min.
M6 (3X)

7010
x

j d0= 9.09

j 9,46 h12

13,20,2

64,0
64,0
P2
60,0
60,0
n2
56,0
56,0
52,0
52,0
n1
n2
48,0
48,0
44,0
44,0
P1
40,0
40,0
n1
36,0
36,0
32,0
32,0
28,0
28,0
I2
24,0
24,0
20,0
20,0
I1
16,0
16,0
12,0
12,0
8,0
8,0
4,0
4,0
0,0
0,0
0,0 5,0 10,0 15,0 20,0 25,0 30,0 35,0 40,0 45,0 50,0
M (N.m)

I (A)
n (%)

IF<

25

U

n (rpm)
P (W)

12 V 28 W / 36 W

26

J 61

CEP
<F

52,0

FFX

F]X

48,0

F[

>H

44,0

F[)

3A

IZ)

IZ[)

_



ZZ

>

|Z^I

Preto/Negro/Black - 53a
Marrom/Marrn/Brown - 31

x
x

xx

27,0
24,0

n1

21,0

24,0

18,0

20,0

15,0
I2

I1

12,0
9,0

2I

8,0

6,0

19FZ

4,0

3,0

IHHHC

0,0
0,0
0,0 5,0 10,0 15,0 20,0 25,0 30,0 35,0 40,0 45,0 50,0
M (N.m)

191 35
12 min.

20

M6 (3X)

j d0= 9.09

30,0

P1

12,0

j 9,46 h12

x
x

28,0

33,0

P2

0
12

50
,8
0,1

30^1^

31

53e

53b

143 max.

Vermelho/Rojo/Red - 53b
Verde/Green - 53
Branco/Blanco/White - 53e

32,0

CEP

36,0

n1

16,0

7010
xx
xx
x

39,0

n2

36,0

13,20,2

n2

40,0

F 006 B20 137

42,0

53

25

P
n
1
1 )

A
1
=
2
19
C

56,0

<I

I (A)
n (%)

F><

12020

U

n (rpm)
P (W)

24 V 22 W / 28 W

53a
26

J 61

FHIH J FHII

) %() %(%)


) C

B70 | Bosch

CEP
<F

I|X

I]X

FF

36 rpm

5A

6A

I[)

I|)



[

F]

I]

33,0

50,0

30,0

n2

45,0

27,0

n1

40,0

24,0

n2

35,0
n (rpm)
P (W)

P
n
1
1 )

A
1
=
2
19
C

55,0

<I

|Z^I
.(=
2I

21,0

30,0 n1

12,0
9,0

10,0

6,0

5,0

3,0

0,0
0,0

IHHHC

0,0
4,0

8,0

12,0

x x xx
x
x xx x x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

31
31b
53a
53b
53

M6

1204

37.5

Preto/
Negro/
Black
31

A10 x M8 DIN 72 783

143

31

28,0

Vermelho/
Rojo/
Red
53b

Azul/
Blue
31b

0.8
25

24,0

53b
53
31b
53a

16,0 20,0
M (N.m)

x
x
x
x

35
12 min 13

04

15,0

P2 P1

15,0

19FZ

12

I1

20,0

F 006 B20 145

35

18,0

I2

25,0

I (A)
n (%)

IF<

U

12 V 16 W / 18 W

Branco/
Blanco/
White
53a

Amarelo/
Amarillo/
Yellow
53

61

CEP
<F

I>X

I_X

FZ

37 rpm

F)

3A

6A

])

|

[

F|

I]

|Z^I

50,0

n (rpm)
P (W)

30,0

0,0
0,0

IHHHC

P1

12,0
9,0

I2

I1

6,0

x x xx
x
x xx x x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

M6
A10 x M8 DIN 72 783

143

3,0
3,0

6,0

0,0
9,0 12,0 15,0 18,0 21,0 24,0 27,0
M (N.m)

31
31b
53a
53b
53

Vermelho/
Rojo/
Red
53b

Azul/
Blue
31b
Preto/
Negro/
Black
31
Branco/
Blanco/
White
53a

37.5

15,0

P2

5,0

19FZ

31

18,0

20,0

35
12 min 13

0.8
25

21,0
n1

25,0

1204

53b
53
31b
53a

24,0

35,0

10,0

2I

04

27,0

n2

40,0

15,0

.(=

12

30,0

n1

45,0

F 006 B20 146

35

n2

P
n
1
1 )

A
1
=
2
119
C

33,0

55,0

<I

I (A)
n (%)

F><

x
x
x
x

CEP

U

24 V 14 W / 19 W

Amarelo/
Amarillo/
Yellow
53

61

) %() %(%)


) C

FHIH J FHII

Bosch | B71

CEP
U

IF<

360,0

P

F[X

320,0

40,0

n

F>

280,0

35,0

1

>[)

1 )

IF)

240,0

30,0



I

200,0

25,0

A

Z]

160,0

20,0

>I^>

=

.(=

2I

19

19FZ

C

IHHHC

45,0

120,0

15,0

10,0

80,0
P

40,0
0,0
0,0

0,5

1,0

1,5

5,0

2,0 2,5
M (N.m)

F 006 B20 149

3,0

12
0 0
,2

M6

19010

5
0,8 0,2
1200,2

+ + + +++++

++ ++++ +



80,2



g5
10
 0,

Marrom/Marrn/Brown

Verde/Green

0,0
4,0

3,5




I (A)
n (%)

n (rpm)
P (W)

12 V 25 W

220,2

61 max.

CEP
P
n
1
1 )

A
1
=
2
19
C

IF<

72,0

<I

<F

FIX

F[X

n1

64,0

35 rpm

[H

56,0

5A

][)

48,0

FF)

FZ)

|

[

ZH

I_

36,0

n2

32,0

I2

n2

n1

I1

24,0
20,0

40,0
P2

32,0

P1

16,0

|Z^I

24,0

12,0

.(=

16,0

8,0

8,0

4,0

2I

CEP

28,0

I (A)
n (%)

U

n (rpm)
P (W)

12 V 21 W / 25 W

19FZ
0,0
0,0

IHHHC

4,0

8,0

F 006 B20 174


35
13 12 min

0,0
12,0 16,0 20,0 24,0 28,0 32,0
M (N.m)

35

Vermelho/Rojo/Red - 53b
Verde/Green - 53

A10 x M8 DIN 72 783

*5

0.8

Preto/Negro/Black - 53a
143

120

150

M6

12

61

FHIH J FHII

) %() %(%)


) C

B72 | Bosch

CEP
IF<
<F

FIX

F[X

35 rpm

[H

56,0

5A

][)

48,0

FF)

FZ)

|

[

ZH

I_

36,0

n2
n1

64,0

n (rpm)
P (W)

P
n
1
1 )

A
1
=
2
19
C

72,0

<I

32,0
28,0
I2

n2

n1

24,0

I1

20,0

40,0
P2

32,0

P1

16,0

|Z^I

24,0

12,0

.(=

16,0

8,0

8,0

4,0

2I

I (A)
n (%)

U

12 V 21 W / 25 W

19FZ
0,0
0,0

IHHHC

4,0

8,0

F 006 B20 175


35
12 min 13

12

35

0,0
12,0 16,0 20,0 24,0 28,0 32,0
M (N.m)

150

Vermelho/Rojo/Red - 53b
Verde/Green - 53

120

M6

0.8

*5

A10 x M8 DIN 72 783

Preto/Negro/Black - 53a
143

61

CEP
F><

44,0

P

ZFX

40,0

n

F]

36,0

1

Z>)

32,0

24,0

1 )

I[)

28,0

21,0



_

A

>_

_^I

16,0

12,0

=

.(=

12,0

9,0

8,0

6,0
3,0

27,0

18,0
I

20,0

2I

19

19FZ

4,0

C

IHHHC

0,0
0,0
0,0 5,0 10,0 15,0 20,0 25,0 30,0 35,0 40,0 45,0 50,0
M (N.m)

20

M6 (3X)

XX X Xxxxxxxxxxxx

x XX X

XX

XX

XX

35

12

5
0,8 0
,1

XX

15010

XX X

X XX

XX

XX

143 max.

XX

XX

XX

XX

L2

0
12

XX

C1

30,10

10g5

CE P

L1

C2

15,0

23,51 35
15 min.

C3

30,0

24,0

F 006 B20 178

33,0

I (A)
n (%)

n (rpm)
P (W)

U

xxxx xxXXX XX X

CEP

24 V 32 W

61 max.

) %() %(%)


) C

FHIH J FHII

Bosch | B73

CEP
U

IF<

40,0

P

I_X

36,0

n

F]

32,0

1

>[)

28,0

1 )

F)

24,0

24,0





20,0

20,0

A

>|

|Z^I

16,0

16,0

=

.(=

12,0

12,0

2I

8,0

8,0

19

19FZ

4,0

4,0

C

IZHHC

0,0
0,0
0,0 5,0 10,0 15,0 20,0 25,0 30,0 35,0 40,0 45,0 50,0
M (N.m)

F 006 B20 312

40,0

P
n

36,0

32,0
28,0

I (A)
n (%)

n (rpm)
P (W)

12 V 19 W

Vermelho/Rojo/Red

0,15 A

150

3+0.10

Vermelho/Rojo/Red
g5

5
0,8

143

xxx x

Verde/Green

R 1,5

10

C2
L2

12

35

C1

0
12

15 min.

L1

M6 (3x)

23.51 35

Vermelho/Rojo/Red (+) () Verde/Green


Verde/Green (+) () Vermelho/Rojo/Red

120

Verde/Green

61 max.

CEP
P

FX

n

Z_

1

>[)

1 )

FH)





A

Z_

|Z^I

=

.(=

2I

19

19FZ

C

IZHHC

35,0

56,0
48,0

n
n

25,0

40,0
I

32,0

15,0

16,0

10,0

8,0

5,0

0,0
0,0 4,0

150+10

M6
14

50
,8

DIN 46 340
B6,3-MS

110,1
140,8

143

C2

0,94+0,06

12
0

120

L2

+ + + ++++

Marrom/Marrn/Brown
3
4
2
Verde/Green

++ ++++ +

L1 C1

0,0
8,0 12,0 16,0 20,0 24,0 28,0 32,0 36,0 40,0
M (N.m)

35

35
12

20,0

24,0

F 006 B20 360

Marrom/Marrn/Brown (+) () Verde/Green


Verde/Green (+) () Marrom/Marrn/Brown

CEP

30,0

I (A)
n (%)

F><

143

U

n (rpm)
P (W)

24 V 27 W

(1)(2) (3)(4)

61

FHIH J FHII

) %() %(%)


) C

B74 | Bosch

CEP
IF<
<F

FX

ZIX

F_

>>

63,0

IH[)

49,0

_[)

IF)

42,0

_



Z|

FF

])

30,0
n2

n1
I1

56,0

n (rpm)
P (W)

P
n
1
1 )

A
1
=
2
19
C

70,0

<I

|Z^I
=

n2

18,0

n1

12,0
9,0

14,0

6,0

7,0

3,0

0,0
0,0 4,0

IHHHC

16010

350,5

0
12

12 min.

M6

0,0
8,0 12,0 16,0 20,0 24,0 28,0 32,0 36,0
M (N.m)

35

Preto/
Negro/
Black
31b
50 0
,8 ,1

80,2
P
CE

53a

15,0

21,0

F006 WM0 304

P1

P2

28,0

19FZ

53i
53
31b

24,0

I2

21,0

35,0

2I

80,8

Marron/
Marrn/
Brown
31
Azul/
Blue
53a

Branco/
Blanco/
White
53

143 max.

A10xM8 DIN 72 783


31

27,0

I (A)
n (%)

U

12 V 27 W / 31 W

Vermelho/
Rojo/
Red
53i

61 max.

CEP
F><

80,0

32,0
n

P

>|X

n

>[

1

28,0

[H)

60,0

24,0

1 )

I]|)

50,0



IH

A

>]

|Z^I

30,0

12,0

=

.(=

20,0

8,0

2I

19

19>>

10,0

4,0

C

IIHHC

P
I

40,0

0,0
0,0

12,0

18,0

M6 (3X)

3 +0.10
+0.05

36,0

42,0

0`
2
0
2
35
1

35
15 min.

12

10g5

24,0 30,0
M (N.m)

X X X Xxxxxxxxxxxx

x XXX

XX

XX

XX

XX

xxxx xxXXX X X X

XX X

XXX

XX

XX

XX

XX

XX

C1

XX

XX

Vermelho/Rojo/Red

L1

0.8

.1

143 max.

Verde/Green

51

L2

C2

150+10

C3

16,0

0,0
6,0

F 006 WM0 310

Vermelho/Rojo/Red (+) (-) Verde/Green CCW


Verde/Green (+) (-) Vermelho/Rojo/Red CW

20,0

71+0.5
120 20`

n (rpm)
P (W)

70,0

I (A)
n (%)

U

CEP

24 V 46 W

J 61 max.

) %() %(%)


) C

FHIH J FHII

Bosch | B75

CHP
IF<

P

I_X

n

>H

48,0

1

>])

44,0

1 )

F[)



>[

A

F

|_^I

=

60,0

45,0

56,0

42,0

52,0

39,0
n

36,0
33,0

40,0

30,0

36,0

27,0

32,0

24,0

28,0

21,0

24,0

18,0

20,0

15,0

.(=

16,0

12,0

2I

12,0

9,0

8,0

6,0

19

19FZ

4,0

3,0

C

IHHHC

I (A)
n (%)

U

n (rpm)
P (W)

12 V 19 W

0,0
0,0
0,0 3,0 6,0 9,0 12,0 15,0 18,0 21,0 24,0 27,0 30,0
M (N.m)

F 006 B20 092

61

+++ + + ++++++ + + ++ ++ +++ +

31

35

+0,1
-0,2

13,4

Verde/
Green

5
0,8 0,2

1202

M6

5-0.075
8

Vermelho/Rojo/Red (+) () Verde/Green


Verde/Green (+) () Vermelho/Rojo/Red
L1
Vermelho/
Rojo/
Red
M

+0,1

1+0,05

128

L2

12
0
2

35
8 x 10 DIN581 
(Z = 28)

5010

+ ++++ +++ ++++ ++ + ++++ ++

Estanhado/Estaado/Tinned

1,70,1
311

61 max.

CHP
U

IF<

210,0

60,0

P

>FX

196,0

56,0

n

IZ[

168,0

1

_>)

154,0

1 )

>[)



Z

A

I_

[F^F

=

.(=

56,0

16,0

2I

42,0

12,0

28,0

8,0

19

19FZ

14,0

4,0

C

IHHHC

182,0

126,0

CHP

52,0
I

48,0
44,0
40,0

36,0

112,0

32,0

98,0

28,0

84,0
70,0

I (A)
n (%)

140,0
n (rpm)
P (W)

12 V 42 W

24,0
P

20,0

0,0
0,0
0,0 2,0 4,0 6,0 8,0 10,0 12,0 14,0 16,0 18,0 20,0 22,0
M (N.m)

F 006 B20 093

"X"

+ ++++ ++

19010

1202

1+0,2

9,81-0,5

50
,8 0









Marrom/Marrn/Brown (+) () Verde/Green


Verde/Green (+) () Marrom/Marrn/Brown
L1
Marrom/
Marrn/
C1
Brown
M
C2
Verde/
Green
L2

8 x 10 DIN5481


M6

,2




+++++ + + +

0
12



Vista "X"
View "X"

220,1
290,8

61 max.

FHIH J FHII

) %() %(%)


) C

B76 | Bosch

CHP
F><

54,0

P

IZX

48,0

n

36 rpm

1

I_)

1 )

])



Z[

A

I]

[[^I

=

.(=

2I

19

19FZ

C

IHHHC

36,0
32,0

42,0

28,0

36,0

24,0

30,0

20,0

24,0

16,0

I (A)
n (%)

U

n (rpm)
P (W)

24 V 13 W

12,0

18,0
I

12,0

8,0
4,0

6,0

0,0
0,0
0,0 2,0 4,0 6,0 8,0 10,0 12,0 14,0 16,0 18,0 20,0
M (N.m)

F 006 B20 095

&';'
v''!

6

+ ++++ +++ ++++ ++ + ++++ ++







  !$!y{|y}|&';'v''!~~
&';'v''!y{|y}|  !$!~
  !$!

\]
__


M6





 


 





+++++ + + ++++++ + + ++ ++ +++ +

<>? !@ ;<>? O ;Q[!!';

 0,8



CHP
U

F><

72,0

P

IFX

64,0

n

33 rpm

1

I)

1 )

II)



Z[

A

F

[[^I

=

.(=

2I

19

19FZ

C

IHHHC

36,0
32,0

56,0

28,0

48,0

24,0

40,0 n

20,0

32,0

16,0

"X"

P
I

24,0
16,0

8,0

8,0

4,0

0,0
0,0

4,0

8,0

12,0 16,0
M (N.m)

20,0


1202

M6



0,0
28,0


 0,2





0,94+0,06
11+0,1
14

128

Verde/
Green

24,0

12
0 2

Marrom/Marrn/Brown

M
L2


7h11

+ + + ++++

L1

12,0


 
(Z = 28)
++ ++++ +

Marrom/Marrn/Brown (+) () Verde/Green


Verde/Green (+) () Marrom/Marrn/Brown

I (A)
n (%)

n (rpm)
P (W)

F 006 B20 096

19010

CHP

24 V 12 W

28

Vista "X"
View "X"

61 max.

) %() %(%)


) C

FHIH J FHII

Bosch | B77

CHP
F><

72,0

P

36 W

66,0

>_

60,0

1

5,7 A

54,0

1 )

FI)





A

ZF[

n

36,0
33,0

30,0
n

27,0

24,0

48,0
I

42,0

21,0

36,0

18,0

30,0

15,0

|_^I

24,0

12,0

=

.(=

18,0

9,0

2I

12,0

6,0

19

19FZ

6,0

C

IHHHC

0,0
0,0

I (A)
n (%)

U

n (rpm)
P (W)

24 V 36 W

3,0
6,0

12,0

18,0
24,0
M (N.m)

F 006 B20 097

30,0

0,0
36,0

"X"
8 x 10 DIN5481

C2
L2

+0,05

0,94

1202

M6
1+0,2

5
0,8 0,2


11+0,1

Verde/
Green



C1
M

Marrom/
Marrn/
Brown








L1

7h11

19010

+ + + +++++

++ ++++ +

Marrom/Marrn/Brown (+) () Verde/Green


Verde/Green (+) () Marrom/Marrn/Brown

12
0 2




14+0,5 14+0,8

Vista "X"
View "X"

61 max.

CHP
F><

75,0

30,0

70,0

28,0

65,0

26,0
24,0

P

FFX

n

>F

60,0

1

>)

55,0

1 )

I)



[

A

F

[[^I

=

50,0

22,0

20,0
I

45,0
n (rpm)
P (W)

CHP

40,0

18,0
16,0

35,0

14,0

30,0

12,0

25,0

10,0

.(=

20,0

8,0

2I

15,0

6,0

10,0

4,0

19

19FZ

5,0

2,0

C

IHHHC

I (A)
n (%)

U

24 V 22 W

0,0
0,0
0,0 3,0 6,0 9,0 12,0 15,0 18,0 21,0 24,0 27,0 30,0
M (N.m)

F 006 B20 098


"X"

Verde/
Green

1202

M6
1x45

12
0 2

5
0,8 0,2

DIN 46 340 - B6,3-MS

128 max.

C2
L2

31

35

C1
M

Marrom/
Marrn/
Brown

19010

+ + + ++++

L1

++ ++++ +

Marrom/Marrn/Brown (+) () Verde/Green


Verde/Green (+) () Marrom/Marrn/Brown

8 x 10 DIN5481
(Z = 28)
35


190,1
330,8

Vista "X"
View "X"

61 max.

FHIH J FHII

) %() %(%)


) C

B78 | Bosch

CHP
F><

132,0

P

F>X

121,0

_[

110,0

n

36,0
33,0

30,0

99,0

27,0

88,0

24,0

77,0

21,0

1

3,5 A

1 )

I[)



F[

A

IZ[

[F^F

44,0

=

.(=

33,0

9,0

2I

22,0

6,0

19

19FZ

11,0

3,0

C

IHHHC

18,0

66,0
I

55,0

15,0

0,0
0,0

2,0

4,0

F 006 B20 099

I (A)
n (%)

U

n (rpm)
P (W)

24 V 24 W

12,0

6,0
8,0
M (N.m)

10,0

12,0

0,0
14,0

"X"

C2
L2

1202

60(2X)
1,50,1
70,2

Verde/
Green

5
0,8 0,2
DIN 46 340 - B6,3-MS

35

C1

31

131 max.

Marrom/
Marrn/
Brown

12
0 2

35

10+0,5
M6

L1

M4x0,7 6g

19010

+ + + +++++

++ ++++ +

Marrom/Marrn/Brown (+) () Verde/Green


Verde/Green (+) () Marrom/Marrn/Brown


13,50,2

310,8

Vista "X"
View "X"

61 max.

CHP
40,0

128,0
n

P

F_X

n

_>

1

3,3 A

96,0

30,0

1 )

I>)

80,0

25,0



Z

64,0

20,0

A

I|

[F^F

48,0

=

.(=

32,0

10,0

2I

19

19FZ

16,0

5,0

C

IHHHC

n (rpm)
P (W)

112,0

35,0

0,0
0,0

2,0

4,0

F 006 B20 100

6,0

I (A)
n (%)

F><

15,0

0,0
8,0 10,0 12,0 14,0 16,0 18,0
M (N.m)

C2
L2

Marrom/
Marrn/
Brown
Verde/
Green

19010

10

DIN 46 340 - B6,3-MS

+ ++++ ++

(2X)

35

C1

1202

L1

0,8
5

M4x0,7
6g

0,2

Marrom/Marrn/Brown (+) () Verde/Green


Verde/Green (+) () Marrom/Marrn/Brown


13,50,2
M6

31

+0,5

35

0
12

+++++ + + +

"X"

131 max.

CHP

U

24 V 29 W

60
1,50,1
70,2
310,8

Vista "X"
View "X"

61 max.

) %() %(%)


) C

FHIH J FHII

Bosch | B79

CHP
F><

182,0

P

>[X

168,0

39,0
36,0

154,0

33,0

140,0

30,0

n

IFZ

1

[>)

126,0

27,0

1 )

I])

112,0

24,0



Z[

A

I[

[F^F

=

.(=

21,0

98,0
I

84,0
70,0

18,0
15,0

56,0

12,0

42,0

9,0

2I

28,0

6,0

19

19FZ

14,0

3,0

C

IHHHC

0,0
0,0

2,0

4,0

I (A)
n (%)

U

n (rpm)
P (W)

24 V 45 W

0,0
8,0 10,0 12,0 14,0 16,0
M (N.m)

6,0

F 006 B20 102


"X"
35

Verde/
Green

19010

DIN 46 340 - B6,3-MS

60(2X)
1,50,1
70,2

131 max.

M
Marrom/
Marrn/
Brown

+ ++++ ++

13,50,2

35

1202

0,8
5

M4x0,7
6g

M6

0,2

Marrom/Marrn/Brown (+) () Verde/Green


Verde/Green (+) () Marrom/Marrn/Brown

+++++ + + +



31

10+0,5

0
12

Vista "X"
View "X"

310,8

61 max.

CHP
U

F><

220,0

55,0

P

53 W

200,0

50,0

n

I>>

180,0

1

6A

160,0

1 )

ZI)

140,0



Z[

A

FZ

[F^F

80,0

20,0

=

.(=

60,0

15,0

2I

40,0

10,0

19

19FZ

20,0

5,0

C

IHHHC

CHP

45,0

40,0

35,0
I

120,0

30,0
P

100,0

0,0
0,0

25,0

I (A)
n (%)

n (rpm)
P (W)

24 V 53 W

0,0
4,0

F 006 B20 103

8,0

12,0
16,0
M (N.m)

20,0

24,0

"X"

C2
L2

Verde/
Green

+ ++++ ++

30

-+30

'

10,2
220,1
290,8

+++++ + + +

8 x 10 DIN5481

19010

1202

C1

Marrom/
Marrn/
Brown
131 max.

L1

0,8
5

DIN 46 340 - B6,3-MS

9,81

0,2

Marrom/Marrn/Brown (+) () Verde/Green


Verde/Green (+) () Marrom/Marrn/Brown



-0,5

31

M6

35

0
12

Vista "X"
View "X"

61 max.

FHIH J FHII

) %() %(%)


) C

B80 | Bosch

CHP
F><

P

F|X

135,0

45,0

126,0

42,0

117,0

n

_H

1

3,5 A

A

I|

[F^F

=

.(=

39,0

108,0

36,0

99,0

33,0

90,0

30,0

81,0

27,0

72,0

24,0

63,0

21,0

54,0

18,0
P

45,0

2I

19

19FZ

C

IHHHC

12,0

27,0

9,0

18,0

6,0
3,0

0,0
0,0

2,0

4,0

6,0

F 006 B20 179

0,0
8,0 10,0 12,0 14,0 16,0
M (N.m)

DIN 46 340 - B6,3-MS


35

L2

M6

120 2

10f8

19010

1,50,1

Verde/
Green

5
0,8 0,2

35

280,5
60

131 max.

C2

31

30

Marrom/
Marrn/
Brown

12
0 2

>13

Vista "X"
View "X"
8,5-0.15

+ + + +++++

L1
C1

++ ++++ +

Marrom/Marrn/Brown (+) () Verde/Green CCW


Verde/Green (+) () Marrom/Marrn/Brown CW

15,0

36,0

9,0

"X"

I (A)
n (%)

U

n (rpm)
P (W)

24 V 26 W

330,8

61 max.

CHP
<F

7,5 W

6,5 W

49,0

F[

>Z

42,0

>Z)

Z>)

II[)

I>)

Z

I[

IH[

[

35,0

[[^I
L

16,0

n2 n2
I2

n1

14,0

I1
n1

12,0
10,0

28,0

8,0

21,0

6,0

14,0

4,0
P2

2I

I (A)
n (%)

56,0

<I

P1
2,0

7,0

19FZ
0,0
0,0
0,0 1,0 2,0 3,0 4,0 5,0 6,0 7,0 8,0 9,0 10,0 11,0
M (N.m)

IHHHC

F 006 B20 181


350.5 28 max.

50
,8
0
,2

31
32,5 max.
mx.

P
n
1
1 )

A
1
=
2
19
C

IF<

n (rpm)
P (W)

U

M6
53b

31b
53a

31
31b
53a
53b
53

15,21
131 max.

53

114

CHP

12 V 7,5 W / 6,5 W

31

61 max.

) %() %(%)


) C

FHIH J FHII

Bosch | B81

CHP
IF<

45,0

P

7,5 W

40,0

n

Z]

1

F[)

1 )

I)



F

A

I|

[[^I

=

.(=

2I

19

19FZ

C

IHHHC

27,0

24,0

35,0

21,0

30,0

25,0

15,0

20,0

12,0

15,0

9,0

10,0

6,0

5,0

3,0

0,0
0,0

2,0

4,0

6,0

F 006 B20 182

8,0 10,0
M (N.m)

36510

M6

35

L1

Vermelho/Rojo/Red



31

5
0,8
0,
2

0,0
16,0

12,0 14,0

12
0
2

35

M
Verde/Green

15,52
131

L2

18,0
I (A)
n (%)

U

n (rpm)
P (W)

12 V 7,5 W

61 max.

CHP
P

IHX

n

ZF[

1

F)

1 )

7,5 A



Z

A

I[

55:!

=

.(=

2I

19

19FZ

C

IHHHC

45,0
40,0

45,0

40,0

35,0

35,0

30,0

30,0

25,0

25,0
20,0

20,0
P

15,0

+++ + + ++++++ + + ++ ++ +++ +

2,0

4,0

6,0


5
0,8
0,
2

0,0
16,0

12
0
2

131

252

31

12,0 14,0

35

M6
201

L2

8,0 10,0
M (N.m)

35
59510

+ ++++ +++ ++++ ++ + ++++ ++

10,0
5,0

5,0

F 006 B20 183

L1

15,0

10,0

0,0
0,0

CHP

I (A)
n (%)

IF<

n (rpm)
P (W)

U

12 V 10 W

61 max.

FHIH J FHII

) %() %(%)


) C

B82 | Bosch

CHP
P
n
1
1 )

A
1
=
2
19
C

60,0

60,0

<I

<F

F>X

F[X

F|

>F

48,0

3A

7,5 A

42,0

IH)

FF)

36,0 n1

_

|

F[

Z

n1

n2

54,0

54,0
48,0
42,0
P2

30,0
n2

I2

24,0

|_^I

36,0

P1

30,0

24,0

18,0

18,0

12,0

2I

I (A)
n (%)

IF<

I1

19FZ

6,0

IHHHC

0,0
0,0 4,0

12,0
6,0

0 390 242 448


350.5 28 max.

0,0
8,0 12,0 16,0 20,0 24,0 28,0 32,0 36,0 40,0
M (N.m)

50
,8
0
,2

31

M8

32,5 mx.
32,5 max.

U

n (rpm)
P (W)

12 V 24 W / 25 W

53a

24,51
114

31b

131 max.

31
31b
53a
53b
53

53

10
04
4 5

53b

31

61 max.

EFP
F><
75 rpm

1

IH)

1 )

>F)



IH

A

H

]H^F

=

.(=

2I

19

19ZZ

C

F_HHC

150,0

40,0

120,0

32,0

90,0

24,0

60,0

16,0

30,0

8,0

0,0
0,0

20,0

M8

ed

14

/R
o
oj
/R

en

60,0
M (N.m)

80,0

0
12 89,5

0,0
100,0

72
6,3

ho

re

el

/G

Ve
r

32
58

179 mx.

(rt)

12

164,5 mx.

de

(gn)

16

40,0

9,1

45

42

I (A)
n (%)

67 W

n

48,0
P

n (rpm)
P (W)

P

180,0

0 390 442 410

Ve
r

EFP

U

24 V 67 W

88 mx.

Blade terminal 6,3 x 0,8

) %() %(%)


) C

FHIH J FHII

#'  
 


(#0  
 


(#'  

 
 
 | A83

pt

es

en

Exemplos de aplicaes
industriais dos motores
eltricos Bosch

Ejemplos de aplicaciones
industriales de los
motores elctricos Bosch

Examples of industrial
applications of Bosch
electric motors

ADO
+
* 
  
 

ADO
+
 * 
  & 

ADO
+
 
   


ADP
) !   
/


ADP
) 
/   
 

ADP
) 
C

CDP
) !



*


CDP
) 
/  

 


CDP
) 
 

  

CEP
+ 
  /
   
 
/

   !
 
$
 

CEP
2
 /
  
 

muebles, sistema de elevacin de cintas
$
 

CEP
8 

  

  
- 


CHP
) !   
/


CHP
) 
/   
 

CPB
=
 !(' !


 
 

CPB
=
 
/(' 
/

 

 
 

DPB
2
   !

 
 !!

DPB
2
   
//

 
//

DPD
2
   !

 
 !!

DPD
2
   
//

 
//

DPG
%  K


DPG
%  


EFP
) !



EFP
) 
/



FPG
) !0  (
   !
    

 ? 
0

FPG
) 
/  (
   
/
   & 
 ? 
  -

GBM
2
   !

 
 !!
 !(
' !

 
   
 K


GBM
2
   
//

 
//
 
/(
' 
/

 
 
 
  


GPA
Veculos eltricos, cadeiras de rodas,

! 

% ?


GPA
Vehculos elctricos, sillas de ruedas,


/ & 
% ? 


GPB
Veculos eltricos, cadeiras de rodas,

! 

% ?


GPB
Vehculos elctricos, sillas de ruedas,


/ & 
% ? 


GPC
Veculos eltricos, cadeiras de rodas,

! 

% ?


GPC
Vehculos elctricos, sillas de ruedas,


/ & 
% ? 


GPD
Veculos eltricos, cadeiras de rodas,

! 

% ?


GPD
Vehculos elctricos, sillas de ruedas,


/ & 
% ? 


MH
9    $
*
 

MH
9    $
*
 

MR
;


MR
;


VMC
) !   
  
 !    !

'
 

VMC
Automacin de traba de quinta rueda,
 
/   
/


 


FHIH J FHII

CHP
) 
C
CPB
+
(' 

 
 

DPB
2-  
   

DPD
2-  
   

DPG
5 
EFP
1
  

FPG
) 
3
3(
  

 CC 0
GBM
2-  
   


(' 

 
 

 
GPA
# 

 3 



C 
GPB
# 

 3 



C 
GPC
# 

 3 



C 
GPD
# 

 3 



C 
MH
7- 
 
 
MR
X

VMC
) 
 C 3   

 C   

 3 



) %() %(%)


) C

pt

Diagnsticos seguros. Economia de


tempo nos reparos. Diagnsticos e
peas de reposio Bosch.
Tudo de um nico fornecedor. Bosch,
fabricante lder, oferece s oficinas
um programa completo para aumentar
a eficincia e a qualidade no seu
trabalho dirio.
As peas de reposio Bosch,
conhecidas por oferecer a mesma
qualidade das originais, procedem de
um desenvolvedor ativo e lder mundial
na fabricao de sistemas automotivos.

es

en

Secure diagnosis. Time saving in


repairs. Bosch diagnoses and
spare parts.

Diagnstico seguro. Ahorro de


tiempo en la reparacin.
Diagnsticos y piezas de
recambio Bosch.
Todo de un solo proveedor. Bosch,
fabricante lder, ofrece al taller un
programa completo para incrementar la
eficacia y la calidad en el trabajo diario.
Las piezas de recambio con la
conocida calidad original proceden
del desarrollador activo en todo
el mundo y fabricante lder
internacional en tcnica de sistemas
de automviles.

Al l in just one provider. Bosch,


the leading manufacturer, offer to
workshops a full program for increasing
the effectiveness and the quality in
daily work activities. The spare parts,
known for offering the same quality of
the original ones, come from an active
and world leader in the manufacturing
of automotive systems.

6 008 FP1 871/200911


))(S5FM.)MIIFHH_M%=
FHH_J= %. 
<
)  C_]
+'9 II_[
+#9IZH|[M_HH
+ 
 M29M% 

www  

; 29
TIIUFIF|I_[H
Demais localidades
H]HHH>[>>|
20
    
$

# 
!

    

20   


 

# 

/     

2 0 3



5

  


23165_1076En_001 14.03.2002 7:34 Uhr Seite 1

Relays
Tractive electromagnets

Explanatory notes on parameters


2
Degrees of protection and operating modes 4

Relays
Micro-relays
Mini-relays
Accessories
Power relays

6
8
12
14

Tractive electromagnets
Pulling electromagnets
Pushing electromagnets

24
28

Industrial-sales contact addresses


Special-requirements data sheet

32
33

Bosch
Excellence comes as standard

23165_1076En_002-005 14.03.2002 7:35 Uhr Seite 2

Relays

Explanatory notes on parameters

Overview
Relay applications
This catalog contains the technical information
which a design engineer requires in order to
select a relay for his particular requirements.
Bosch DC relays were originally designed for
automotive applications. We recommend prior
technical clarification for all other applications,
especially where requirements, loading or
ambient conditions differ from those applying to
automotive applications.

Micro-relay 1 Cap, 2 Magnet bracket and term. 3, 3 Coil,


4 Bobbin, 5 Armature, 6 Baseplate, 7 Damping resistor or
diode, 8 Connecting wire, 9 Core, 10 Term. 1/2, 11 Contact,
12 Spring, 13 Term. 4, 14 Term. 5.

3
4
5

10

Bosch DC relays are able to withstand exposure


to extreme conditions and must comply with the
following requirements:
They must
switch high powers
function efficiently and reliably in a broad
temperature range
be extremely resistant to vibration
have a long service life, and
be highly climate-proof.
Bosch DC relays are used to switch electrical
devices featuring high power levels or which are
sensitive to voltage loss. Relays relieve the load
on control switches and make for small voltage
drops with economical conductor crosssections. And relays make simple interlock
circuits possible.

11
12

13
14

Mini-relay 1 Baseplate, 2 Term. 86, 3 Term. 87, 4 Term. 87a,


5 Term. 85, 6 Clamping piece, 7 Coil connection bracket,
8 Term. 30, 9 Magnet bracket, 10 Cap, 11 Coil, 12 Bobbin,
13 Core, 14 Armature, 15 Spring, 16 Contact.
6

2
3

4
5

Mini-relays and micro-relays are ideal for


use where the available space is restricted.
Multiple connectors, together with pre-tested
wiring harnesses, ensure simple assembly and
the lowest possible error rate. This applies in
particular to OEM, but also to customer service.
The following versions of mini-relays and microrelays are available:
Relays without mounting bracket.
Easily plugged into buttable socket housings
for screwing on
Relays with mounting bracket. Connected
using a 5-pole socket housing
Power relays can switch a nominal current of
50 A and more, and are suitable for switching
motors, starting motors and other devices.

14

10
11

12
13

15
16

23165_1076En_002-005 14.03.2002 7:35 Uhr Seite 3

Relays

Parameters and definition of terms


Definition of terms
(to DIN 41 215, where standardized)
The various parameters with their specific
characteristic values permit the selection of the
correct relay for a particular job. During its service life, every type of relay must fulfill defined
tasks at the specified characteristic values.
The response voltage is the value of the
smallest excitation voltage which makes a relay
respond, taking into account the ambient temperature and self-heating factors.
The response time is the time that elapses
between the closing of the exciter circuit to the
first closing of an NO contact or the first
opening of an NC contact.
The operating voltage is the value of the
excitation voltage at which the relay shows the
characteristic data required for operation.
The excitation voltage is the electrical voltage
which permits the electric current to flow
through the excitation winding and produce the
excitation. The connection is made via terminals
1 and 2 or 85 and 86.
The nominal value is the value of a variable
(e.g. voltage, current, resistance) for which a
relay, its parts and properties are designed or
after which they are named.
Correction factor
The specifications for the energizing side apply
at an ambient temperature of +20 C.
If the ambient temperature deviates from this
figure, the correction factor K can be applied to
convert the winding resistances, response
voltages and release voltages.
K = [1 + (tu 20 C)]
tu = actual ambient temperature or coil temperature
= 0.004 K1 (mean temperature coefficient for
copper).

The bounce time is the time that elapses


between the first and last closing of a relay
contact when the relay changes to another
switching position.
The release voltage is the value of the maximum excitation voltage at which the relay drops
out, taking into account ambient temperature
and self-heating factors.
The release (dropout) time is the time that
elapses between the opening of the exciter
circuit and the first opening of an NO contact
or the first closing of an NC contact.
The switching voltage is the voltage which is
present between the contacts when the electric
circuit is open, once transient processes have
settled.
The voltage drop is the voltage at the relay
terminals of a closed relay contact measured at
a defined current.
The overall resistance of the exciter circuit
is the electrical resistance between the terminals
1 and 2 or 85 and 86.

23165_1076En_002-005 14.03.2002 7:35 Uhr Seite 4

Relays

Degrees of protection and operating modes


Switching operations
Response is the operation by
which a relay is switched from
its normal position to its operated position.
Opening is an operation which
results in the electrical contact
being opened.
Release (dropout) is the operation by which a relay is switched from its operated position to
its normal position.
A switching cycle comprises
the single response and release of a relay.
The number of switching
operations comprises the total
number of switching cycles.
Closing is an operation which
results in contact closure.
With inductive loads and motors, a
suppresser circuit, which can be set up
parallel to the load with a free-wheeling
diode, is required (see circuit).

Typical load characteristics


1 Excitation voltage for relay coil
2 Current characteristic for resistive load
3 Current characteristic for lamp load
4 Current characteristic for motor load
5 Current characteristic for inductive
load
6 Voltage characteristic for inductive
load

Service life

1U

The contact service life is defined as the number of switching cycles, with electrical
loading of the contacts, during
which the relay remains operational.

Switching contacts

U+

L Inductive Load, D Free-wheeling diode,


R Relay, U Supply voltage.

The NO (Normally Open)


contact is a relay contact
which is open in the relays
normal position and closes as
the relay changes to its operated position.

6U
D

The mechanical service life


is defined as the number of
switching cycles, without electrical loading of the contacts,
during which the relay remains
operational.

The NC (Normally Closed)


contact is a relay contact
which is closed in the relays
normal position and opens as
the relay changes to its operated position.
The changeover contact is a
contact assembly with three
electrically isolated connections
consisting of an NO contact an
NC contact and a common
contact spring. When the
switch position changes, the
closed contacts open first,
followed by the closing of the
other contacts (which up to
that point were open).

23165_1076En_002-005 14.03.2002 7:35 Uhr Seite 5

Relays

Degrees of protection and operating modes


Degrees of protection
In accordance with DIN 40 050,
the degree of protection is
designated by a code which is
always made up of the letters
IP (Internal Protection) followed
by two numbers signifying the
actual level of protection.
The first number indicates the

degree of protection against


accidental contact and against
the ingress of solid foreign
bodies, the second number
indicates the degree of protection against the ingress of
water. If the degree of protection of one of a devices

operational parts (e.g. terminals) differs from that of the


main part of the device, then its
code will be stated separately.
The lower degree of protection
is given first.
Example: Terminals IP 20
Housing IP 5K4.

Degrees of protection (DIN 40 050, extract from page 9)


Overview of elements of IP code
First classiProtection against contact
fication number by persons
0
No protection
1
Back of hand
2
With a finger
3
Tools
4
Thin wire
5K
Thin wire
6K
Thin wire

Protection against ingress of solid


foreign bodies
No protection
Object with 50 mm
Object with 12.5 mm
Object with 2.5 mm
Object with 1 mm
Protection against dust
Dust-proof

Second classification number


0
1
2
3
4
4K
5
6
6K
7
8
9K

Protection against ingress


of water
No protection
Vertical drops
Drops at 15 inclination
Water spray
Splashing water
Splashing water at
increased pressure
Water jets
Heavy water jets
Water jets at increased
pressure
Temporary immersion
Lasting submersion
High-pressure/
steam cleaning

Application
Bosch relays were originally
designed for use in automotive
applications. The great range of
different versions are used for
the most varied applications,
such as for
wiper motors
fan motors
starting motors
cooling fans
rear defrosters
brake lamps
electric power-window
mechanisms
central locking
electric seat adjustment
electric seat heating
electric wing mirrors
fuel pumps
horns
headlamps

security systems
and many more.

pneumatic tube conveyor


systems)
garage-door drives
In addition to these purely auto- battery chargers
motive applications, Bosch re- emergency generators
lays are ideal for switching 12- agricultural machinery
or 24-V components. This is
furniture adjustment
true for both mobile and statio- cleaning devices
nary applications where, for
robot controls
example, electric motors are
control cabinets
actuated. With these relays,
toys
a multiplicity of drive assign vending machines
ments can be implemented.
and many more.
Bosch relays are employed in
automatic sliding doors
devices for the disabled
boat electrics
electric lawn mowers
materials-handling technology (e.g. conveyor belts,

23165_1076En_006-013 14.03.2002 7:36 Uhr Seite 6

Micro-relays

Micro-relays

Parameters
Nominal voltage (load and excitation circuit)
Permissible operating voltage
Permissible ambient temperature 1)
Response voltage (at 20 C)
Release voltage (at 20 C)
Response time
Release time
Contact material
Voltage drop at NO contact when new
Voltage drop at NO contact after specified number of switching operations
Voltage drop at NC contact when new
Voltage drop at NC contact after specified number of switching operations
Degree of protection for housing and terminals in general (see page 5)
Degree of protection for socket housing with blade terminals pointing downwards (s. p. 5)
1) Up to 125 C on request.
2) 15 ms for part numbers 0 332 207 304 and 0 332 207 402.
3) Hard silver for changeover relay part number 0 332 207 304.

12 V
8...16 V
40...100 C
8V
1.5 V
10 ms
10 ms 2)
Silver tin oxide 3)
50 mV at 10 A
100 mV at 10 A
50 mV at 10 A
200 mV at 10 A
IP 20
IP 5K4

24 V
17...27 V
40...100 C
17 V
3V
10 ms
10 ms 2)
Silver tin oxide
40 mV at 5 A
75 mV at 5 A
40 mV at 5 A
150 mV at 5 A
IP 20
IP 5K4

Product overview
Resistive load 4)
Switching current/
no. of operations 9)
NO contact NC contact
A/Thousand A/Thousand

Motor load 5)
Making/continuous current/
no. of operations 9)
NO contact
A/A/Thousand

Lamp load 6)
Switching current/
no. of operations 9)
NO contact NC contact
A/Thousand A/Thousand

NO relays 12 V
20/ 300

20/ 300

30/ 100

22/ 200 7)

30/15/ 200
30/15/ 200
65/17/ 200 8)

20/ 150
20/ 150
17/ 150
10/ 200

35/20/ 100

30/15/ 200
30/15/ 200
65/17/ 200 8)
30/7/ 200 8)

20/ 150
20/ 150
17/ 150
10/ 200

Changeover relays 12 V
20/ 100
10/ 125
16/ 200
25/ 250
10/ 500
20/ 300
10/ 150
20/ 300
10/ 150
30/ 100
10/ 100
22/ 200 7) 25/ 200

10/ 75
10/ 75
10/ 150
3,5/ 200

Exciter cir- Illustr.


Circuit Terminal Part number
cuit total re- and
diagram diagram
sistance 10) dimens.
drawing

78 6
78 6
75 6

1
2
3

S1
S1
S1

A1
A1
A1

0 332 017 300


0 332 017 302
0 332 011 007

88 6

S3

A2

0 332 207 304

78 6
78 6
75 6

1
2
3

S2
S2
S2

A2
A2
A2

0 332 207 307


0 332 207 310
0 332 201 107

Changeover relays 24 V
10/ 250
5/ 250

410 20
1
S3
A2
10/ 250
5/ 250

335 20
2
S2
A2
Switching rhythm: 4) 2 s on, 2 s off. 5) 5 s on, 5 s off. 6) 1 s on, 9 s off. 7) 1 s on, 2 s off. 8) 2 s on, 6 s off.
9) At a test voltage of 13.5 V (12-V relay) or 27 V (24-V relay); test temperature of 23 5 C.
10) At 20 C.

Blade terminal connection


Refer to page 12 for corresponding
connectors and socket housings.

0 332 207 402


0 332 207 404

23165_1076En_006-013 14.03.2002 7:36 Uhr Seite 7

Micro-relays

Illustrations and dimension drawings

15,5-0,5

23-0,5

26-1

11 0,5

Blade terminal size to DIN 46 244, similar to ISO 8092:


Terms. 1 and 2 (4): 4.8 x 0.8 mm; terms. 3 and 5: 6.3 x 0.8 mm

23-0,5

2+0,2

15,5-0,5

1,5+0,2

12,8+0,2

11 0,5

26-1

5,3+0,15

13 0,2

6+0,2

Blade terminal size to DIN 46 244, similar to ISO 8092:


Terms. 1 and 2 (4): 4.8 x 0.8 mm; terms. 3 and 5: 6.3 x 0.8 mm

15,5-0,5

23-0,5

26-1

11 0,5

Blade terminal size to DIN 46 244, similar to ISO 8092;


Terms. 1 and 2 (4): 4.8 x 0.8 mm; terms. 3 and 5: 6.3 x 0.8 mm

Terminal diagrams

Circuit diagrams

A1

S1

A2

NO contact

Changeover
contact

S2

S3

1 +

Cross-reference of terminal designations


Micro-relay
Mini-relay
Polarity
1
2
3
4

86
85
30
87a

23165_1076En_006-013 14.03.2002 7:36 Uhr Seite 8

Mini-relays

Mini-relays

Parameters
Nominal voltage (exciter and switching voltage)
Permissible operating voltage
Permissible operating temperature 1)
Response voltage (at 20 C)
Release voltage (at 20 C)
NO contact: Voltage drop in load circuit at 10 A
when new
after specified number of switching operations
NC contact: Voltage drop in load circuit at 10 A
when new
after specified number of switching operations
Changeover contact: Voltage drop in load circuit at 10 A 2)
NO contact when new
NO contact after specified number of switching operations
NC contact when new
NC contact after specified number of switching operations
Resistive, motor and lamp load

1)

Up to 125 C on request

12 V
8...16 V
40...+100 C
8V
1.2...5.0 V 2)

24 V
16...32 V
40...+ 85 C
16 V
2.4...10.0 V

50 mV
80 mV

50 mV
100 mV

175 mV
250 mV

50 mV
50 mV 3)
100 mV
80 mV 4)
50 mV
70 mV 3)
120 mV 4)
150 mV
The number of switching cycles was The number of switching cycles was
determined at a test voltage of
determined at a test voltage of 27 V.
13.5 V. When hard silver is the con- Temperature cycling program
tact material, the test temperature
48 h at 85 C, 24 h at 20 C and
was 23 5 C, in the case of silver 24 h at 40 C.
tin oxide it was 85 C.
2) 0.5...5.0 V with 0 332 109 011
3) 30 mV with 0 332 209 158
4) 60 mV with 0 332 209 158

Product overview
NO relays 12 V
Resistive load
NO contact
Switching current/
no. of operations 5)

Motor load
NO contact
Making current/
continuous current/
no. of operations 6)
A/A/Thousand
90/40/ 75
75/30/ 125
50/20/ 250
72/16/ 50

A/Thousand
50/ 75
40/ 125
30/ 250
50/ 50
40/ 75
30/ 100
50/ 75
90/40/ 75
40/ 125
75/30/ 125
30/ 250
50/20/ 250
30/ 250
50/25/ 100
20/ 300
10/ 500
30/ 250
50/25/ 100
20/ 300
10/ 500
30/ 100
40/20/ 100
20/ 200
10/ 350
5) Switching rhythm: 2 s on 2 s off
6) Switching rhythm: 5 s on 5 s off
7) Switching rhythm:
1 s on 9 s off for silver tin oxide
2 s on 2 s off for hard silver
8) Switching rhythm: 2 s on 2 s off (8 mH)
9) a = silver tin oxide, b = hard silver

10)

Lamp load
NO contact
Switching current/
no. of operations 7)

Inductive load
NO contact
Switching current/
no. of operations 8)

Contact
material 9)

Part number

A/Thousand
30/ 75
20/ 125
10/ 250
30/ 75
20/ 125
10/ 250
30/ 75
20/ 125
10/ 250
30/ 100
20/ 200
10/ 500
30/ 100
20/ 200
10/ 500
20/ 100
10/ 350

A/Thousand

0 332 019 103

0 332 019 109

0 332 019 110

24/ 100

0 332 019 150

24/ 100

0 332 019 151

15/ 50

0 332 019 155

When a socket housing is used and


when installed with blade terminals
12) pointing downwards. In a different installation position, the housing degree
of protection is IP 20.
11) Switching rhythm: 2 s on 6 s off

23165_1076En_006-013 14.03.2002 7:36 Uhr Seite 9

Mini-relays

Product overview (continued)


NO relays 12 V continued
Overall resistance
Response
of excitation circuit
time
at 20 C

ms
75 5
10
85 5
10
75 5
10
85 5
10
85 5
10
85 5
10
NC relay 12 V
Resistive load
NC contact
Switching current/
no. of operations 5)
A/Thousand
10/ 100
20/ 50

A/Thousand
50/ 50
20/ 50
40/ 75
30/ 100
50/ 75
20/ 100
40/ 150
15/ 150
30/ 300
10/ 300
50/ 75
20/ 100
40/ 150
15/ 150
30/ 300
10/ 300
30/ 250
5/ 250
20/ 300
10/ 500
30/ 250
20/ 250
20/ 300
10/ 250
10/ 500
5/ 250
30/ 250
20/ 250
20/ 300
10/ 250
10/ 500
5/ 250
30/ 150
20/ 150
20/ 500
10/ 250
10/ 750
5/ 500
30/ 250
20/ 250
20/ 300
10/ 250
10/ 500
5/ 250
* see page 11

ms
10
15
10
10
10
15

Motor load
NC contact
Making current/
continuous current/
no. of operations 11)
A/A/Thousand
100/18/ 200

NC relays 12 V continued
Overall resistance
Response
of excitation circuit
time
at 20 C

ms
75 5
10
Changeover relays 12 V
Resistive load
NO contact NC contact
Switching current/
no. of operations 5)

Release
time

Release
time
ms
10

Degree of protection 10) Illustration


Terminals
Housing
Dimension
drawing *

Circuit
diagram *

Terminal
diagram *

Part number

IP 20
IP 20
IP 20
IP 20
IP 20
IP 20

S7
S2
S7
S1
S1
S2

A3
A1
A3
A1
A1
A1

0 332 019 103


0 332 019 109
0 332 019 110
0 332 019 150
0 332 019 151
0 332 019 155

Contact
material 9)

Part number

0 332 109 011

50/25/ 100
40/20/ 100
50/25/ 100

1
1
2
2
1
2

Lamp load
NC contact
Switching current/
no. of operations 7)

Inductive load
NC contact
Switching current/
no. of operations 8)

A/Thousand
12/ 100

A/Thousand

Degree of protection 10) Illustration


Terminals
Housing
Dimension
drawing *

Circuit
diagram *

Terminal
diagram *

Part number

IP 20

S9

A4

0 332 109 011

Motor load
NO contact NC contact
Making current/
continuous current/
no. of operations 6)
A/A/Thousand
90/40/ 75
75/30/ 150
50/20/ 300
90/40/ 75 35/15/ 50
75/30/ 150 25/10/ 150
50/20/ 300 15/5/ 300
90/40/ 75 35/15/ 50
75/30/ 150 25/10/ 150
50/20/ 300 15/5/ 300
50/25/ 100
50/25/ 100

IP 5 K4
IP 34
IP 5 K4
IP 34
IP 34
IP 34

IP 34

Lamp load
NO contact NC contact
Switching current/
no. of operations 7)

Inductive load
Contact
NO contact NC contact material 9)
Switching current/
no. of operations 8)

Part number

A/Thousand
30/ 75
20/ 150
10/ 300
30/ 75
20/ 150
10/ 300
30/ 75
20/ 150
10/ 300
30/ 100
20/ 200
10/ 500
30/ 100
20/ 200
10/ 500
30/ 100
20/ 200
10/ 500
30/ 150
20/ 250
10/ 750
30/ 100
20/ 200
10/ 500

5/ 150

A/Thousand

0 332 209 135

5/ 300

0 332 209 137

5/ 300

0 332 209 138

10/ 100
5/ 150

15/ 100

15/ 100

0 332 209 150

10/ 100
5/ 150

15/ 100

15/ 100

0 332 209 151

10/ 100
5/ 150

15/ 100

15/ 100

0 332 209 152

10/ 150
5/ 250

15/ 100

15/ 100

0 332 209 158

10/ 100
5/ 150

15/ 100

15/ 100

0 332 209 159


continued on next page

23165_1076En_006-013 14.03.2002 7:36 Uhr Seite 10

10

Mini-relays

Mini-relays (continued)

Product overview (continued)


Changeover relays 12 V continued
Overall resistance
Response
of excitation circuit
time
at 20 C

ms
85 5
10
75 5
10
75 5
10
85 5
10
85 5
10
85 5
10
85 5
10
75 5
10
NO relays 24 V
Resistive load
NO contact
Switching current/
no. of operations 5)
A/Thousand
20/ 250
20/ 250
20/ 250

Release
time
ms
15
10
10
10
10
15
15
10

Motor load
NO contact
Making current/
continuous current/
no. of operations 6)
A/A/Thousand
40/16/ 250
40/16/ 250
40/16/ 250

NO relays 24 V continued
Overall resistance
Response
of excitation circuit
time
at 20 C

ms
255 15
15
216 15
15
255 15
15

Release
time
ms
15
15
15

Changeover relays 24 V
Resistive load
Motor load
NO contact NC contact NO contact NC contact
Switching current/
Making current/
continuous current/
no. of operations 5)
no. of operations 6)
A/Thousand
A/A/Thousand
20/ 250
10/ 250 40/16/ 250
20/ 250

10/ 250

40/16/ 250

20/ 250

10/ 250

40/16/ 250

20/ 250

10/ 250

40/16/ 250

20/ 250

10/ 250

40/16/ 250

Degree of protection 10) Illustration


Terminals
Housing
Dimension
drawing

Circuit
diagram

Terminal
diagram

Part number

IP 20
IP 20
IP 20
IP 20
IP 20
IP 20
IP 20
IP 20

S6
S5
S5
S4
S4
S6
S6
S5

A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2

0 332 209 135


0 332 209 137
0 332 209 138
0 332 209 150
0 332 209 151
0 332 209 152
0 332 209 158
0 332 209 159

Contact
material 9)

Part number

a
a
a

0 332 019 203


0 332 019 204
0 332 019 213

IP 5K4
IP 5K4
IP 5K4
IP 34
IP 34
IP 34
IP 34
IP 34

1
1
2
2
1
1
2
1

Lamp load
NO contact
Switching current/
no. of operations 7)

Inductive load
NO contact
Switching current/
no. of operations 8)

A/Thousand
16/ 250
16/ 250
16/ 250

A/Thousand

Degree of protection 10) Illustration


Terminals
Housing
Dimension
drawing

Circuit
diagram

Terminal
diagram

Part number

IP 20
IP 20
IP 20

S1
S8
S1

A1
A1
A1

0 332 019 203


0 332 019 204
0 332 019 213

IP 5K4
IP 5K4
IP 5K4

2
1
1

Lamp load
NO contact NC contact
Switching current/
no. of operations 7)

Inductive load
Contact
NO contact NC contact material 9)
Switching current/
no. of operations 8)

A/Thousand
16/ 250
8/ 50
5/ 150
16/ 250
8/ 50
5/ 150
16/ 250
8/ 50
5/ 150
16/ 250
8/ 50
5/ 150
16/ 250
8/ 50
5/ 150

A/Thousand

0 332 209 203

0 332 209 204

0 332 209 206

0 332 209 207

0 332 209 211

Circuit
diagram

Terminal
diagram

Part number

Changeover relays 24 V continued


Overall resistance
Response Release
Degree of protection 10) Illustration
of excitation circuit
time
time
Terminals
Housing
Dimension
at 20 C
drawing

ms
ms
255 15
15
15
IP 20
IP 5K4
2
255 15
15
25
IP 20
IP 5K4
1
216 15
15
15
IP 20
IP 5K4
1
216 15
15
15
IP 20
IP 5K4
2
255 15
15
15
IP 20
IP 5K4
1
5) Switching rhythm: 2 s on 2 s off
18) Switching rhythm: 2 s on 2 s off (8 mH)
6) Switching rhythm: 5 s on 5 s off
19) a = silver tin oxide, b = hard silver
7) Switching rhythm: 1 s on 9 s off for silver
10) When a socket housing is used and
tin oxide; 2 s on 2 s off for hard silver
when installed with blade terminals

Part number

S4
A2
0 332 209 203
S6
A2
0 332 209 204
S5
A2
0 332 209 206
S5
A2
0 332 209 207
S4
A2
0 332 209 211
12) pointing downwards. In a different
installation position, the housing degree
of protection is IP 20 (see page 5).

23165_1076En_006-013 14.03.2002 7:36 Uhr Seite 11

Mini-relays

11

Illustrations and dimension drawings

12
1,7 0,1
5,4 0,1

86

11,5-1 26-0,8

Blade terminal size: 6.3 x 0.8 mm to


DIN 46 244 (similar to ISO 8092)

Terminal diagrams

A1

S1

A2
87

86 87 85

86 87a 85

A3
86

30

86

87
87

85

S4

87

Terminal
configuration

S2

86

87

30

86

87a

87

87

S5

85

30

86

87a

S3

86

87

*3
85

87

30

S6

86

87a

87

85
30

A4

85

S7

86

85

30

S8

87

86

30

85

S9

87

86

30

87a

87

87a
86

87
87a
30
85

Circuit diagrams

87

30

28,5-1

4 0,3

28,5-1

10 0,3

6 0,3

22 0,5

85
30

85

30

Recommended polarity Term. 86 +


Term. 30 +

85

30

85

30

* S3 available on request

23165_1076En_006-013 14.03.2002 7:36 Uhr Seite 12

12

Accessories

Accessories

Socket housings for micro-relays


15,6
6,8

12

Individual and multiple mounting possible,


for screwing on, 5-pole. Receptacles
6.3 mm or 4.8 mm with locking lance for
engagement in housing.
Pack of 5
3 334 485 045

24,4

2,7

Socket housing
without bracket
5-pole. Receptacles 6.3 mm or 4.8 mm
with locking lance for engagement in
housing.
Pack of 5
3 334 485 046

14

3
5,2

1
12,4

housing
1 Socket
with bracket

7,8

32,2

18,5

housing
3 Socket
for soldering into PC boards

4,5 0,07

4,5 0,07

4,5 0,1

14,5

4,5 0,1

Leiterplatte

2,5

8 0,1

22,6 0,3

14 0,1

15,2 0,3

14 0,1

0,3 0,1

8 0,1

3 0,2

Micro-relays with blade terminals can be


attached to PC boards using a solder-in
socket housing. The resulting ease of replacement makes for rapid and reasonably
priced service work.
Pack of 5
3 334 485 049

7,6

Socket housing for mini-relays


27,7

7,3

A
13,85

12

Individual and multiple mounting possible,


for screwing on, 5-pole. Receptacles
6.3 mm with locking lance for engagement
in housing.
Pack of 5
3 334 485 008

5,3

12

24,4

housing
4 Socket
with bracket

2,7

13,85

21

36
30,5

36

housing
5 Socket
without bracket
10

1,2

7,5
13 0,1

1,8 0,1

13 0,1
17,4 0,1

18,2 0,1

8,7 0,1

8 0,1

7,5 0,05 6,5 0,05

2-0,1

14,5

8,7 0,1

3,2

ca. 2,5

24

11,9

10 +0,3

26,5

23

2,1+0,1

A Two locating lugs


B Holes for locating lugs

2,4
26,5

7,5 0,05 6,5 0,05

Mini-relays with blade terminals can be


attached to PC boards using a solder-in
socket housing. The resulting ease of replacement makes for rapid and cost-effective service work.
Receptacles in socket housing.
Pack of 1
3 334 485 041

10

housing
6 Socket
for soldering into PC boards

7,5

5
24

5-pole. Receptacles 6.3 mm with locking


lance for engagement in housing.
Pack of 5
3 334 485 007

23165_1076En_006-013 14.03.2002 7:36 Uhr Seite 13

Accessories

Assembly parts

7 Plastic
extractor tool
For extracting micro-relays from the socket
housing.
Pack of 1
3 331 329 049
receptacles
8 Bronze
with locking lance for engagement in
socket housing.
Plug size 4.8 x 0.8 mm
for micro-relays (similar to DIN 46 340).
Tin-plated surface, attachable conductor
cross-section 1...2.5 mm2.
Pack of 25
1 904 492 016
Plug size 6.3 x 0.8 mm
for micro- and mini-relays
(to DIN 46 340)
Tin-plated surface, attachable conductor
cross-section 1...2.5 mm2.
Pack of 25
1 901 355 895

receptacles
9 Brass
with insulated sleeve (to DIN 46 245)

Plug size 6.3 x 0.8 mm


for power relay types 1 and 2
Tin-plated surface, attachable conductor
cross-section 0.5...1 mm2.
Identification color: red
Pack of 100
1 901 355 880
Attachable conductor cross-section
1...2.5 mm2.
Identification color: blue
Pack of 100
1 901 355 881
Plug size 9.5 x 1.2 mm
for power relay type 1
Tin-plated surface, attachable conductor
cross-section 4...6 mm2.
Identification color: yellow
Pack of 50
8 781 355 811

Further accessories such as connectors, protection sleeves, crimping pliers, leads, etc.
are contained in our Accessories catalog 1 987 721 074.

Recommended assembly
method:
The socket housing should be
soldered to the PC board with
the relay inserted, as then the
receptacles are automatically
centered and the PC board is
not put under strain by plugging
in the relay. If the relay is plugged in after the socket housing
has been soldered in place, take
care to care to ensure that the
receptacle locking lance is up
against the socket-housing stop,
so that the soldered connection
is not subject to pressure.

1
2
3
4
A
L
R

Relay with blade terminal


Socket housing
Receptacle
PC board
Stop
Soldered connection
Locking lance

3
2

R
A
4
L

13

23165_1076En_014-019 14.03.2002 7:37 Uhr Seite 14

14

Power relays

Power relays

Parameters
Nominal voltage (switching and excitation circuit)
12 V (type 1)
24 V (type 1)
12 V (type 2)
24 V (type 2)
Permissible operating voltage
8...14.5 V
16...27 V
15 V
30 V
Permissible ambient temperature
40...+100 C 1) 40...+100 C 1) 40...+65 C 2)
40...+65 C 2)
Voltage drop at test current when new
200 mV/50 A
150 mV/20 A
100 mV 3)/75 A 100 mV 3)/75 A
Voltage drop after specified no. of operations
225 mV/50 A

200 mV 4)/75 A 200 mV 4)/75 A


Degree of protection of housing/terminals (see p. 5)
IP 20 5)/IP 20
IP 20 5)/IP 20
IP 54/IP 00
IP 54/IP 00
1) Up to 125 C on request.
2) +100 C for short-time operation with 25 % duty cycle, based on 2-minute cycle.
3) 50 mV/75 A with double-contact relay 0 332 002 150.
4) 100 mV/75 A with double-contact relay 0 332 002 150.
5) Degree of protection of housing IP 5K4 when using a socket housing installed with blade terminals pointing downwards.

Product overview
Resistive load 6)
Switching current/ Short-time
no. of operations 10) load 1 s

Motor load 7)
Making current/
continuous current/
no. of operations 10)
A/A/Thousand

Response/
release
voltage 8)

Response/
release time

V/V

ms/ms

NO relays 12 V type 1
50/ 100
120

86/55/ 130

6.0/1.0...5.0

10/ 10

plugged in

NO relays 24 V type 1
30/ 50
70

70/20/ 120

16.0/3.0...8.0 15/ 15

none 11)

NO relays 12 V type 2
75/ 125
400
75/ 100
250
100/ 125 12)
400

8.0/1.5...4.0
8.5/1.0...4.0
5.5/0.5...4.0

D
E
E

fixed
fixed
fixed

A/Thousand

NO relays 24 V type 2
50/ 100
200

50/ 50
150

50/ 50

16) Switching rhythm 2 s on, 2 s off.


17) Switching rhythm 4 s on, 26 s off.
18) of the excitation circuit at 20 C.
19) E = single, D = twin, V = leading contact.

10/ 15
10/ 15
10/ 10

Con- Bracket
tact
type 9)

Overall
Circuit Part number
resistance 8) diagram

45 5

S4

0 332 002 192

200 10

S1

0 332 002 270

46 5
46 5
20 3

S5
S2
S4

0 332 002 150


0 332 002 156
0 332 002 161

18.0/1.0...8.0 10/ 10 V
fixed
130 10 S1
0 332 002 250
17.0/ 4.0
10/ 15 E
fixed
130 10 S2
0 332 002 256
18.0/1.0...8.0 10/ 10 E
fixed
130 10 S3
0 332 002 257
10) The number of switching cycles was determined at a test voltage of 13.5 V for the 12-V
relay and at 27 V for the 24-V relay. Type 1: temperature cycling program 6 h at 23 C,
6 h at 40 C, 12 h at 125 C; type 2 at 23 5 C.
11) Bracket can be obtained under part number 3 331 335 063.
12) Switching rhythm 1.5 s on, 13.5 s off.

Notes
 Compact design.
 High degree of corrosion protection due to
use of glass-fiber-reinforced polyamide for
baseplate and cap.
 High degree of protection against splash
water thanks to drip rim between cap and
baseplate.
 Leakage-current barriers in baseplate.
 Designed-in ventilation by means of labyrinth.
 Option of heavy duty version with tungsten
leading contact.

Automotive applications:
 Load-reducing relay for switches.
 Operating relay for starting motors.
 Switch-on relay for hydraulic assemblies,
blowers and heaters for the passenger
compartment, engine-cooling fans.
 Pre-heating device for diesel starting
systems.
 Motor relay for antilock braking system
(ABS).
 Battery cutoff relay.

Accessories
See page 12

23165_1076En_014-019 22.03.2002 7:33 Uhr Seite 15

Power relays

15

Illustrations and dimension drawings

18 0,5

16,8 0,2

34,5 0,5

86

85
30

Blade terminals:
Energizing side terms. 85 and 86: 6.3 x 0.8 mm
Contact side terms. 30 and 87: 9.5 x 1.2 mm.

4,5

62

31,5

44

13

max. 9,5

6,4

20

39

17

2 Typ 2

21
75

Accessories: Twin socket housing for energizing side (terms. 85 and 86).
Order with AMP number 180 907 from: AMP Deutschland GmbH,
Amperestrae 7-11, D-63225 Langen, Germany, tel. +49 61 03 70 90.

Method of operation of
leading contact
1

Circuit diagrams
2

1. Closure of leading contact


Coil energized; current flows in leading
contact for a fraction of a second.
2. Closure of main contact
Coil energized; current flows in main
contact. The characteristics of the
tungsten leading contact make it ideal
for the considerable loads resulting from
the separation arc when contacts are
opening (inductive loads). The main
contact ensures efficient current flow
with minimum voltage losses. The tungsten leading contact (late-opening when
the contacts open) ensures that the main
contacts are not subject to separation
arcs.

S1
S1

86

87

85

30

S3
S3

S5
S5

S2
S2

85

86

87

85

30

86

87

85

30

Polarity: Terms. 86 and 30 to +

86

S4
S4

87

30

86

87

85

30

17,9 0,2

87

11,5 0,5

15 0,5 28,5 0,5

1,2 0,1

6,2 0,2

3,2 0,5

8,4 0,2

32,5 0,5

6,4 0,2

12,5 0,5 9 0,5

1 Typ 1

23165_1076En_014-019 14.03.2002 7:37 Uhr Seite 16

16

Power relays

Power relays (continued)


for industrial trucks, hydraulic systems, etc.
Series 200, 201 single-pole

Parameters
Designation
Nominal voltages *)
Construction
Operating mode
Version
Voltage limits (permissible)
Switching times at nominal voltage
Utilization category
Creepage distances and clearances
Coil output
Coil connection
Main current contacts
Nominal value of operating current
Continuous thermal current
Contact material
Connection stud
Auxiliary contact
Continuous current of auxiliary contact
Connection of auxiliary contact
Blowout magnet
Degree of protection (see page 5)
Operating temperature range
Note

230 A hinged-armature relay


24 V, 36 V, 48 V, 80 V
Open
Continuous duty up to 1 h
Available on request with auxiliary relay and blowout magnet
0.7 x nominal voltage to nominal voltage
Response time 50 ms; release time 30 ms
Starting, switching off while running DC4-VDE 0660
To insulation group C-VDE 0110
32 W
Blade terminal 0.8 x 6.3 mm
NO contact series 0 333 200 ..;
changeover contact series 0 333 201 ..
375 A
230 A
Sintered silver cadmium oxide (AgCdO)
M 8; permissible tightening torque 6...8 Nm
Changeover contact
2.5 A with inductive load, 6 A with resistive load
Blade terminal 0.8 x 6.3 mm
As an option for 36 V, 48 V and 80 V.
IP 00
40...+100 C
Ensure correct polarity of main current connections. Connect to fixed contact.

Product overview
Relay
function

NO relays

Nominal Nominal
Switching current
voltage *) value of
excitation Contin. Load
current
duty
current
1s
V
A
A
A

Service life
of contact
MechaElecnical
trical

Thousand Thousand A

mm

24
24
36
80
24

1250
1250
1250
1250
1250

135x70x100
135x70x100
135x70x100
135x70x100
135x70x100

1.3
1.3
0.9
0.4
1.3

230
230
230
230
230

1500
1500
1500
1500
1500

250
250
250
250
250

Interrupting
current with
inductive
load

375
375
375
375
375

Dimensions

Circuit Weight Part number


diagram

LxWxH
kg

S1
S1
S1
S1
S2

1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2

0 333 200 010


0 333 200 012 2)
0 333 200 015
0 333 200 013 3)
0 333 200 011

NO relays
with aux.
relay 1)
Changeover 24
1.3
230
1500
1250
100
375
135x70x128 S3
1.3
0 333 201 010
relays
80
0.4
230
1500
1250
100
375
135x70x128 S3
1.3
0 333 201 012 3)
Changeover 24
1.3
230
1500
1250
100
375
135x70x128 S4
1.3
0 333 201 011
relays with 80
0.4
230
1500
1250
100
375
135x70x128 S4
1.3
0 333 201 013 3)
aux. relay 1)
*) Excitation and switching voltage.
1) With additional auxiliary relay (changeover contact), e.g. for indicator lamps, max. 6 A (resistive load); 2.5 A (inductive load);
contact P switches from 1 to 2.
2) Installation position: long edge of baseplate vertical, max. inclination 10.
3) With blowout magnet.

23165_1076En_014-019 14.03.2002 7:37 Uhr Seite 17

Power relays

Illustrations

Circuit diagrams

S1

31

50

S2

31

50

S3

31

50

S4

31

50

Dimension drawings
Series 0 333 200 ..

Series 0 333 201 ..

+2
8 - 0,5

M8
+1,5
-1

+1,5
-1

100

10 1,5

88

M8

128

M8

M8

21 1

10 1,5
9 0,5

21 1

9 0,5

88

M8

135 1
115 0,3

135 1

6,4 H14 (+0,36)

42 1

10 1

70 1

56 0,3

42 1

10 1

70 1

56 0,3

115 0,3

A
6,4 H14 (+0,36)

A Version with one auxiliary relay, B Blowout magnet

A Version with one auxiliary relay, B Blowout magnet

17

23165_1076En_014-019 14.03.2002 7:37 Uhr Seite 18

18

Power relays

Power relays (continued)


Series 006 single-pole

Parameters
Designation
Nominal voltages *)
Construction
Operating mode
Voltage limits (permissible)
Switching times at nominal voltage
Utilization category
Creepage distances and clearances
Coil output
Coil connection
Main current contacts
Contact material
Connection stud
Degree of protection (see page 5)
Operating temperature range
Note

80 A solenoid plunger circuit


6 V, 12 V, 24 V
Closed
Continuous duty up to 1 h
0.75 x nominal voltage, after 1 h continuous duty up to nominal voltage
Response time 50 ms; release time 30 ms
Starting, switching off while running DC4-VDE 0660
To insulation group C-VDE 0110
13 W
Screw terminals, for conductor cross-section 3 mm
NO contact, NC contact
Copper
M 8; permissible tightening torque 1015 Nm
Terminals IP 00; housing IP 54
40+100 C
Ensure adequate ventilation (cooling) during continuous operation.

Product overview
Nominal Nominal
Nominal
voltage*) excitation load current
current
Contin. Load current
duty
up to 1 s
V
A
A
A

Service life
of contact

Interrupting Dimensions
current with
inductive
Mechanical Electrical load
LxWxH
Thousand Thousand A
mm

Illustration, Circuit Weight Part number


dimens.
diagram
drawing
kg

NO relays
6
2.5
12
1.1
24
0.6
6/0.25 1)
0.8
6/0.25 1)

80
80
80
200
75 2)
100

800
800
800
800
150 2)
500

500
500
500
500
150
500

100
100
100
100
100
100

80
80
80

110 x 55 x 60
110 x 55 x 60
110 x 55 x 60
95 x 50 x 52
130 x 58 x 70
95 x 50 x 52

1
1
1
2
3
2

S1
S1
S1
S5
S3
S6

0.79
0.78
0.77
0.27
0.89
0.27

0 333 006 003


0 333 006 004
0 333 006 006
0 333 006 010
0 333 006 014
0 333 006 017 4)

NC relays
12
2.3
24
0.9

100
100

500
500

500
500

100
100

100
100

110 x 55 x 60 1
110 x 55 x 60 1

S4
S4

0.8
0.8

0 333 006 007


0 333 006 008

NO relays with auxiliary relay 3)


12
1.5
80
800
500
100
80
140 x 55 x 56 1
S2
0.77 0 333 006 015 5)
24
0.6
80
800
500
100
80
140 x 55 x 56 1
S2
0.7
0 333 006 018
*) Excitation and switching voltage.
1) Pull-in current 6 A, continuous current 0.25 A.
2) Referred to terminals 88 88a; terminals 87 87a must not be subjected to inductive loads of more than 3 A.
3) With additional auxiliary relay (changeover contact), e.g. for indicator lamps, max. 6 A (resistive load); 2.5 A (inductive load);
contact P switches from 1 to 2.
Method of functioning: When switching on, auxiliary contact switches before main contact;
When switching off, main contact breaks before auxiliary contact switches.
4) Response time 14 ms, release time 58 ms.
5) Degree of protection for housing: IP 33 (see page 5).

23165_1076En_014-019 14.03.2002 7:37 Uhr Seite 19

Power relays

19

Illustrations and dimension drawings

58 2

110

30 1

66 1,5

17 1

+
-1 2

8,
5

40 +1
-0,5

30 -1

55 +1,5
-1

48 0,5

50

56 +1,5
-1

V
31

M4

SW 13

5,3 0,2

A Auxiliary relay only with 0 333 006 015 and


0 333 006 018.
Parts supplied loose with 0 333 006 006.

max. MA = 15 Nm

SW Width across flats

22 0,5
5,5

M8

26,5 0,5

M5

46 1

35 0,2

49,5 0,5

25 1

1,5
25

67,5

26,5 0,5

40 1

30,5 0,5

127 3

56 1

70

5,3+0,2

M8

Circuit diagrams
S1

S2

S3
S3

50

30

50

31

30

31

S4
S4

S5

86

88a 87a

50

30

EW HW

85

88

31

30

+3

87

S6
1

-4 2

EW HW

+3

-4 2

EW Excitation winding, HW Hold-in winding

23165_1076En_020-023 14.03.2002 7:38 Uhr Seite 20

20

Power relays

Power relays (continued)


Series 007

Parameters
Nominal voltage *)
Designation
Construction
Operating mode
Voltage limits (permissible)
Switching times at nominal voltage
Utilization category
Creepage distances and clearances
Coil output
Coil connection
Main current contacts
Contact material
Connection bars
Degree of protection (see page 5)
Operating temperature range
*) Excitation and switching voltage

24 V
150 A solenoid plunger circuit
Open
Continuous duty up to 1 h
0.7 x nominal voltage to nominal voltage
Response time 30 ms; release time 30 ms
Starting, switching off while running DC4-VDE 0660
To insulation group C-VDE 0110
20 W
Blade terminals 0.8 x 6.3 mm
2 NO contacts (2-pole double break or 1-pole four-fold break)
Sintered silver cadmium oxide (AgCdO)
Hole 6.4 mm for M 6 steel screws
IP 00
40+100 C

Product overview
Relay
Nominal Nominal
function excitation load current
current
Contin. Load
duty
current
NO
1s
contact A
A
A

Service life
of contact
MechaElecnical
trical

Interrupting Dimensions
current with
inductive
load
LxWxH

Thousand Thousand A

Illustra- Circuit Dim. Weight Part number


tion
diagram drwg.

mm

Single 2.3

250 1)
100

87 x 62 x 102 1
Double 1 3)
2 x 150 2 x 1000 > 300
> 150
375
98 x 57 x 89 2
1) For max. 3 minutes.
2) Contact material: copper.
3) A maximum peak current of 13 A occurs at the pull-in moment.
4) Installation position: long edge of baseplate vertical, max. inclination 10.

kg

S1
S2

1
2

0.8
0.8

0 333 007 002 2)


0 333 007 004 4)

Circuit diagram

S1
S1

S2

HW

EW

HW Hold-in winding
EW Pull-in winding

The pull-in and hold-in windings are


connected in parallel before response
and the resulting high making current
(approx. 13 A max.) guarantees rapid,
reliable response.
After the relay has operated, the electric
circuit of the pull-in winding is interrupted
and the hold-in winding holds the relay
in its operated position at a current of
approx. 1 A.

23165_1076En_020-023 14.03.2002 7:38 Uhr Seite 21

Power relays

Illustration

Dimension drawing

21

70,5
87
60

68
46
90

2
18

3 0,2

89 3

3,5 0,3

68 3
98 3

A Blade terminal 6.3 x 0.8 DIN 46 244

57 2

2 1,5

8,4 H 12 (+ 0,150)

6,4 H 13 (+ 0,220)

3,5

58

13

M5

52,5

170

32,5

38

97

M5

23165_1076En_020-023 14.03.2002 7:38 Uhr Seite 22

22

Power relays

Series 009 one-pole

Parameters
Designation
Construction
Operating mode
Nominal voltages *)
Voltage limits (permissible)
Switching times at nominal voltage
Utilization category
Creepage distances and clearances
Coil output
Coil connection
Main current contacts
Contact material
Connection bars
Degree of protection (see page 5)
Operating temperature range
Note
*) Excitation and switching voltage

150 A solenoid plunger circuit


Closed
Continuous duty up to 1 h
12 V, 24 V
0.75 x nominal voltage to nominal voltage
Response time 50 ms; relaease time 40 ms
Starting, switching off while running DC4-VDE 0660
To insulation group C-VDE 0110
20 W
Blade terminals 0.8 x 6.3 mm, M 4 cable lug
NO contact (double break)
Silver nickel alloy (AgNi)
M 8; permissible tightening torque 5.5 Nm
Terminals: IP 00; housing: IP 54
40+100 C
Ensure adequate ventilation (cooling) during continuous operation

Product overview
Nominal
excitation
current
A

Nominal
load current
Contin.
Load
duty
current 5 s
A
A

Service life
of contact
Mecha- Elecnical
trical
Thousand Thousand

Interrupting Dimensions
current with
inductive
load
LxWxH
A
mm

Illustration

Circuit
diagram

Weight

Part number

kg

NO relays 12 V 1)
3.9

1.5
150
1.5
150
1.5
150

500
800
800
800

2000
2000
2000
2000

100
200
200
200

150
150
150
150

114 x 55 x 56
105 x 56 x 56
104 x 56 x 57
104 x 56 x 57

1
1
1
1

S1
S1
S1
S1

0.70
0.75
0.75
0.75

0 333 009 003


0 333 009 004
0 333 009 010 2)
0 333 009 014

NO relays 24 V 1)
0.83
150
0.83
150
0.83
150
0.83
150
1.20

800
800
800
800
800

2000
2000
2000
2000
2000

200
200
200
200
200

150
150
150
150
150

104 x 56 x 57
104 x 56 x 57
104 x 56 x 56
106 x 56 x 57
114 x 56 x 88

1
1
1
1
2

S1
S1
S1
S1
S1

0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.80

0 333 009 002


0 333 009 005
0 333 009 009 2)
0 333 009 011
0 333 009 017 5)

NO relays 24 V 1) with auxiliary relay 4)


0.83
150
800
2000
200
150
127 x 50 x 67 1
S2
0.75
0 333 009 008 3) 4)
1) Nominal value of voltage (excitation and switching voltage).
2) With electric lead.
3) Degree of protection of housing IP 30 (see page 5).
4) With additional auxiliary relay (changeover contact), e.g. for indicator lamps, max. 6 A resistive load or 2.5 A inductive load.
Contact P switches from 1 to 2.
5) Degree of protection of housing IP 6K9K (see page 5).

23165_1076En_020-023 14.03.2002 7:38 Uhr Seite 23

Power relays

Illustration

Circuit diagram

S1

50

30

31

S2

30
31

50

Dimension drawing

1
43

25
M8

56

40

50,6

M4

5,3

56

25,5
105

43

M8

25

88

60

40

50,6

15,7

3
30
56,2

11

5,3
9
30
114

23

23165_1076En_024-029 14.03.2002 7:39 Uhr Seite 24

24

Tractive electromagnets

Tractive electromagnets

Besides positioning applications,


tractive electromagnets may also be
used in the following:
Ticket stamping/punching machines,
guiding, locking, triggering, metering,
ventilating, pushing, clamping, riveting,
blocking, etc.

Pulling electromagnets 12 V
for electromagnetic operation

Product overview
Nominal Working Nominal
voltage stroke
wattage 1)

Operating
mode 2)

Forces
Working With armature Return
spring
stroke 3) pulled in 3)
V
mm
W
N
N
N
12
1.3
max. 21
Contin. duty
8
11
2.3 0.5
15.3
960/12.5 4) Contin. duty
110
270

4
69
Short-time duty 14
70
4 1
6
211
Short-time duty 80
250

15.3
277
Short-time duty 95
200
4.5 0.5
1.3
14
Contin. duty
13
15
2.3 0.5
1) With armature pulled in.
2) Short-time duty, after 45 sec. of operation there should be a break of 4.5 min.
3) At nominal voltage and winding temperature 23 5 C.
4) Pull-in winding/hold-in winding

Illustr./ Circuit Weight


dimens. diagram
drawing
kg
1
S1
0.074
2
S2
1.1
3
S1
0.11
4
S3
0.65
5
S4
1.11
6
S1
0.103

Part number

0 330 001 040


0 330 003 007
0 330 001 004
0 330 002 004
0 330 003 002
0 330 001 020

Circuit diagrams
S1

S2

S3
50

S4

31i

50

50

31i

31i

E Pull-in winding
H Hold-in winding

Illustrations and dimension drawings

40
14,7
10
6,3

H Stroke
SW Width across flats

9,5

14

37
5

97
7

M5

5,6

120

19

M6

H Stroke

M6

6 H
15,3 0,3

62

5,95

H 1,3
4,4

SW 24

8
7

16
23

26

M 24x1
22,8
20,2
14

M5

X 2:1
7

54,5

28,5
46

23165_1076En_024-029 14.03.2002 7:39 Uhr Seite 25

Tractive electromagnets

25

Illustrations and dimension drawings


max. 48

28 0,5
7,5 0,5

38 0,1

2 0,3

28

5,3+0,2

-0,032
16-0,130
+0,061
10+0,025

2 0,3

48 0,5

28 0,3

0,5

H4

H Stroke

6,4+0,15
3,8 +0,15

26+0,3

57

60 0,1
H

6 0,2

72 0,5

M 4x8

19 0,1

47+0,5

M6

6,5 0,1

14,3- 0,2

57

7,1

5
20
13

5,5

H Stroke

70 0,1

62

44

57+1

28,5

H 15,3
M6

43,5

6,4

58

100

H Stroke

14

7
6

1,2

1,2

9,7

26,5

9,7

7
M5

M 27x1

SW 27

H 0,71,7

H Stroke
SW Width across flats

7,8

46,2
18

29 0,2

23165_1076En_024-029 14.03.2002 7:39 Uhr Seite 26

26

Tractive electromagnets

Tractive electromagnets (continued)


Pulling electromagnets 24 V
for electromagnetic operation

Besides positioning applications,


tractive electromagnets may also be
used in the following:
Ticket stamping/punching machines,
guiding, locking, triggering, metering,
ventilating, pushing, clamping, riveting,
blocking, etc.

Product overview
Nominal Working Nominal
voltage stroke
wattage 1)

Operating
mode 2)

Forces
Working
stroke 3)
N
Contin. duty
16
Contin. duty
8
Contin. duty
13
Contin. duty
8
Short-time duty 14
Short-time duty 24
Short-time duty 95
Contin. duty
55

V
24

With armature
pulled in 3)
N
26
11
15
11
70
80
250
350

Return
spring
N
7.8 1
2.3 0.5
2.3 0.5
2.2
4 1
4 1
4.5 0.5
5 1

mm
W
1.8
14
1.3
max. 21
1.3
14
1.3
max. 21
4
75
6
50
15.3
274
15.3
695/18 4)
1) With armature pulled in.
2) Short-time duty, after 45 sec. of operation there should be a break of 4.5 min.
3) At nominal voltage and winding temperature 23 5 C.
4) Pull-in winding/hold-in winding

Illustr./ Circuit Weight


dimens. diagram
drawing
kg
1
S1
0.32
2
S2
0.076
*
S2
0.103
3
S4
0.094
4
S5
0.11
5
S5
0.44
6
S5
1.11
6
S3
1.18
* see figure 6, page 25

Part number

0 330 005 002


0 330 001 047
0 330 001 021
0 330 001 048
0 330 001 003
0 330 004 005
0 330 003 001
0 330 003 003

Circuit diagrams

S1

S2

S3

50

S4

E Pull-in winding

31i

S5

H Hold-in winding

Illustrations and dimension drawings

32
61,3 0,5

30
3 0,1

54 0,5
H 1,8

H Stroke

46

22

37,5 0,5

11

M 27x1

11

8 0,1

23165_1076En_024-029 14.03.2002 7:39 Uhr Seite 27

Tractive electromagnets

40
14,7 6,3
10

X 2:1
M5
16
23
9,5
8
7

26

M 24x1
22,8
20,2
14

H 1,3
SW 24

27

4,4
14

H Stroke
SW Width across flats

37,3
33
14

14,7
10

510

6,3

20
X 2:1
9,5
8
7

26

M 24x1
22,8
20,2
14

H 1,3
4,4

SW 24

2 x 0,5mm 2

H Stroke
SW Width across flats
max. 48

28 0,5
7,5 0,5

5,3+0,2

-0,032
16-0,130
+0,061
10+0,025

28

0,5

H4

H Stroke

38 0,1

2 0,3

28 0,3

2 0,3

45

45

5,3+0,2

69

M4

32 0,5

M6

45+0,8

15,5 c10

H6

5,2 0,5

2 0,2

45+0,8

12 0,3

17+1

50 0,1

H Stroke

44

62

28,5

70 0,1

57+1

H 15,3
6,4

H Stroke
X 0 330 003 001 = 43.5 mm
0 330 003 003 = 70 mm
Y 0 330 003 003 = U-fork offset by 90

100
Z

7,1

5,5

58
M6

20
13

48 0,5

41-0,5

23165_1076En_024-029 14.03.2002 7:39 Uhr Seite 28

28

Tractive electromagnets

Tractive electromagnets (continued)


Pushing electromagnets 12 V / 24 V
for electromagnetic operation

Besides positioning applications,


tractive electromagnets may also be
used in the following:
Ticket stamping/punching machines,
guiding, locking, triggering, metering,
ventilating, pushing, clamping, riveting,
blocking, etc.

Programmbersicht
Nominal Working Nominal
voltage stroke
wattage 1)
V
12

mm
W
1
32
2.6
42.5
3
42.5
6.5
137
7
137
24
1
26
1
26
3
48
4.8
26.7
7
152
1) With armature pulled in.

Operating
mode 2)

Forces
Illustr./ Circuit Weight
Working With armature Return
dimens. diagram
spring
drawing
stroke 3) pulled in 3)
N
N
N
kg
Short-time duty 12
12

2
S1
0.088
Short-time duty 20
30

1
S1
0.19
Short-time duty 12
60
0.9 0.2 4
S2
0.14
Short-time duty 50
120

5
S3
0.4
Short-time duty 50
120

6
S1
0.4
Short-time duty 11
11

2
S1
0.088
Short-time duty 11
11

3
S4
0.094
Short-time duty 12
60
0.9 0.2 4
S2
0.14
Short-time duty 32
100

5
S3
0.6
Short-time duty 50
120

5
S3
0.4
2) Short-time duty, after 45 sec. of operation there should be a break of 4.5 min.
3) At nominal voltage and winding temperature 23 5 C.

Part number

0 330 106 010


0 330 106 006
0 330 106 001
0 330 101 022
0 330 101 012
0 330 106 012
0 330 106 017
0 330 106 003
0 330 100 022
0 330 101 026

Circuit diagrams

S1

S2

S3

S4

Illustrations and dimension drawings

30

52
6,4

16,5

M4

31,5
73,5

H Stroke

28

15,3

42

34,5

18

4,5

H 2,6 0,3

14

23165_1076En_024-029 14.03.2002 7:39 Uhr Seite 29

Tractive electromagnets

29

42,5
10

8,5

X
9,2
8
7,1

M5

M 24 x1

26

23,2

X 2:1

5,2
7,5
8,8

H1

SW 24

9,75

14

H Stroke
SW Width across flats

3
X

14

39,8
12,5 8,5
10

300
20
X 2:1
9,2
8
7,1

26

M 24x1
20,2

9,75

5,2
7,5
8,8

2 x 0,5mm 2

SW 24
H1

35,5

H Stroke
SW Width across flats

28

38

8,6

5,3

48 0,5

M4

H 3

28,5

H Stroke

48,5

15,2

5
45

45
5,3

M4

10,3

32
41

45+0,8

H 6,5 +0,7

45+0,8
50

53
70

H Stroke
50
5,3

50

H Stroke

H 7

20

53
70

41

32

M4

45

7,8

33
22

23165_1076En_030-031 14.03.2002 7:40 Uhr Seite 30

30

23165_1076En_030-031 14.03.2002 7:40 Uhr Seite 31

31

23165_1076En_032 14.03.2002 7:41 Uhr Seite 32

32

Industry sales
Contacts

Austria

Germany

Norway

Robert Bosch AG
Abteilung VAA
Geiereckstrae 6
A-1110 Wien

Robert Bosch GmbH


Abteilung AA/PKN
Postfach 41 09 60
D-76227 Karlsruhe

Robert Bosch AS
Postboks 629
N-1411 Kolbotn

Phone +43 [0]1 / 7 97 22-0


Fax
+43 [0]1 / 7 97 22-10 96

Phone +49 [0]7 21 / 9 42-26 21


Fax
+49 [0]7 21 / 9 42-25 20

Phone +47-66 81 71 58
Fax
+47-66 81 71 86

e-m@il: helmut.stuphann@at.bosch.com

e-m@il: aapkn.mailbox@de.bosch.com

e-m@il: fabrikkhandel@no.bosch.com

Belgium

Great Britain

Spain

Robert Bosch NV SA
Afdeling EA/Dpartement EA
Rue Henri Genessestraat 1
B-1070 BRUSSEL/BRUXELLES

Robert Bosch Ltd.


Department RBGB/SAA/PKN
P.O. Box 98
Uxbridge, UB9 5HN

Robert Bosch Espaa, S.A.


RBSP/VAC2 Juan Benayas
Hnos. Garca Noblejas, 19
E-28037 Madrid

Phone +32 [0]2 / 5 25-53 60


Fax
+32 [0]2 / 5 25-52 62

Phone +44 [0]18 95 83 83 71


Fax
+44 [0]18 95 83 83 32

Phone +34 91 3 27 96 59
Fax
+34 91 3 27 98 58

e-m@il: bosch.elektromotoren@be.bosch.com

e-m@il: justin.deary@uk.bosch.com

e-m@il: Juan.Benayas@es.bosch.com

Denmark
Robert Bosch A/S
Telegrafvej 1
DK-2750 Ballerup
Phone +45 44 89 83 20
Fax
+45 44 89 86 80
e-m@il: mortenh.jensen@dk.bosch.com

Israel
Ledico Ltd.
Automation Technology
Mr. Adi Tasman
P.O. Box 1746
IL-58117 Holon
Phone 9 72-3-6 50 40 00
Fax
9 72-3-6 50 40 55
e-m@il: tasman@ledico.com
Internet: www.ledico.com

Finland

Italy

Sweden
Robert Bosch Aktiebolag
Industrifrsljning
Box 1154
SE-164 26 Kista
Phone +46 [0]8 7 50 15 00
Fax
+46 [0]8 7 50 15 60
e-m@il: industri@se.bosch.com
Internet: www.bosch.se

Switzerland

Robert Bosch Oy
Ensiasennustuotteet
PL44 (Tekniikantie 4 A)
FIN-02151 Espoo

Robert Bosch S.p.A.


RBIT/CRV-Ricambi per Veicoli
Via M. A. Colonna 35
I-20149 Milano

Robert Bosch AG
Abteilung EA
Industriestr. 31
CH-8112 Otelfingen

Phone +358 [0]9-43 59 92 78


Fax
+358 [0]9-43 59 92 70

Phone +39 02 36 96-3 60


Fax
+39 02 36 96-4 23

Phone +41 [0]1 8 47-15 30


Fax
+41 [0]1 8 47-15 29

e-m@il: ensiasennus@fi.bosch.com

e-m@il: Carmelo.Perrone@it.bosch.com

e-m@il:
verkauf.erstausruestung.kfz@ch.bosch.com

France

Netherlands

Robert Bosch (France) S.A.


Sales Pices de Rechange Ventes
Industrielles (AA/SPR4-So)
32, Av. Michelet BP 170
F 93404 Saint-Ouen Cedex (France)

Robert Bosch B.V.


Afdeling EA
Postbus 502
NL-2130 AM Hoofddorp

Phone +33 [0]1 / 40 10-76 90


Fax
+33 [0]1 / 40 10-73 08

Phone +31 [0] 23-56 56 8 75


Fax
+31 [0] 23-56 56 8 70

e-m@il: patrick.landes@fr.bosch.com

e-m@il: bosch.elektromotoren@nl.bosch.com

23165_1076En_U3 14.03.2002 7:41 Uhr Seite U3

Relay

Special-requirements data sheet

If you have any requirements beyond the scope of the relays


offered in this catalog, please enter these in the data sheet below.
In the event of modifications, please enter the known product
here.
Bosch
part number:

Please make a photocopy of this data sheet and return the


completed copy to us.

Address:

Sender (customer):

Robert Bosch GmbH


Abt. AA/PKN
Postfach 41 09 60
D-76225 Karlsruhe
Fax: 07 21/9 42-25 20
Your reference/letter of

Our dept./contact partner

Telephone (direct line)

Date

Project, application:

Basic sketch:

Technical data
Nominal voltage

6V

Nominal current

Type

NO contact

Type of load

Resistive load

Termination

Blade-type terminal

Service life

Switching cycles

Switching rhythm

seconds on / ___ seconds off

Ambient temperature
Additional requirements
Excitation coil damping

min. ___ C / max. ___ C

Inductive load

None

Installation conditions

12 V

24 V

Changeover contact

NC contact

Motor load

Lamp load

Screw-on version

Soldered version

Resistance

Diode

Quantity required

Brief description:

Once only

Qty.

Desired delivery date


Following quantities on given dates
Date
Qty.
Yearly
Specifications available

yes

no

Qty.

Monthly

Qty.

I would like more information


2002/2003

Original-Equipment Information

Lambda Sensor

HC
HC

NOx

NOx

CO

CO

CO

HC

HC

US

0,9

0,95

Application
Together with the 3-way catalytic converter, the Lambda oxygen sensor and the
Lambda closed-loop control represent
today's most effective exhaust-emissions control system for the spark-ignition (SI) engine. At present, there is no
alternative available which even approaches the low exhaust-emission figures
obtained with this system.
Since 1976, Bosch has been producing
the Lambda sensor for exhaust-emission
control systems in the USA and Europe.
The Bosch Lambda sensor was the
world's first oxygen sensor to go into
operation, and played a decisive role in
the breakthrough of exhaust-emissions
control using the closed-loop-controlled
3-way catalytic converter. In the meantime, this sensor has proved itself in millions of vehicles.

1,0

1,05

The Lambda sensor is screwed into the


exhaust system. It is a detecting element
for measuring the residual oxygen in the
exhaust gas which, since it provides a
precise indication of whether combustion
is complete or not, is highly suitable as
the measured quantity for closed-loop
control of the A/F ratio.
The Lambda-sensor output signal not
only provides an indication of instantaneous A/F mixture composition, but it
also follows any A/F mixture changes.
The mixture-formation system controls
the supply of fuel to the engine in accordance with the signal from the Lambda
sensor so that a stoichiometric A/F ratio
"Lamda" of = 1 is maintained.

1,1

Lambda is the dimension used to define


the mixture's A/F ratio.

instantaneous A/F ratio


stoichiometric A/F ratio

Referred to the stoichiometric ratio = 1,


a lean mixture ( > 1) contains more air,
and a rich mixture ( < 1) contains less
air.
Heated or unheated Lambda sensors are
used depending upon exhaust-system
design and operating conditions. The extensive Bosch Lambda sensor program
covers a wide variety of variants.
The Lamda sensor is also used outside
the automotive sector. For instance, for
the closed-loop control of gas engines or
of gas/oil burners.

Lambda Sensor

Design (Fig. 1)
The Lambda sensor operates according
to the principle of a galvanic oxygen concentration cell with solid electrolyte
(Nernst principle). The solid-state electrolyte comprises a gas-impermeable ceramic element of circonium dioxide which is
stabilized with yttrium oxide and closed at
one end.
The ceramic element's inside and outside
surfaces are provided with electrodes
composed of a thin, gas-permeable, porous layer of platinum which on the one
side has an influence on the sensor characteristic due to its catalytic effects, and
on the other serves for electrical contacting. On the outside surface of the sensor
ceramic which protrudes into the exhaustgas stream, the platinum layer is itself
coated with a highly porous ceramic layer.
This robust layer prevents the catalytic
platinum layer being attacked by the corrosive and erosive effects of the deposits
in the exhaust gas, and thus ensures
long-term sensor stability.

Fig 1: Arrangement of the Lambda sensor in


the exhaust pipe (schematic)
1 Sensor ceramic, 2 Electrodes, 3 Contact,
4 Housing contact, 5 Exhaust pipe, 6 Ceramic
protective layer (porous), 7 Exhaust gas, 8 Air.

@@@
AA
BBB
CC

,,,



QQQ
RR
SSS
TT

@@@
AA
BBB
CC

,,,



QQQ
RR
SSS
TT

@@@
AA
BBB
CC

,,,



QQQ
RR
SSS
TT

@@@
AA
BBB
CC

,,,



QQQ
RR
SSS
TT

@@@
AA
BBB
CC

,,,



QQQ
RR
SSS
TT

Fig. 2: Voltage characteristic of the Lambda


sensor at 600C working temperature
a Rich mixture (air deficiency)
b Lean mixture (air surplus)
mV

1000

Sensor
voltage US US
Sondenspannung

800

600

400

200

0
0,8

0,9

1,1

1,2

Excess-air
factor
Luftzahl

Fig. 3: Engine with exhaust-gas system


1 Exhaust-gas system with catalytic converter, 2 Lambda sensor(s)

Operation (Fig. 2)
The Lambda sensor is installed in the engine's exhaust-gas system at a point
which throughout the engine's complete
operating range provides the temperature
which is necessary for efficient sensor
functioning. The sensor protrudes into the
exhaust gas, design being such that one
electrode surface is surrounded by the exhaust gas and the other is connected to
the atmosphere. Even under excess-fuel
conditions, there is always residual oxygen in the SI engine's exhaust gas (at
= 0.95, approx. 0.1 ... 0.3% by volume).
The use of porous platinum electrodes
means that at the electrode surface, catalytic conversion of this residual oxygen
can take place with the carbon monoxide
(CO), hydrocarbons (HC), and the hydrogen present in the exhaust gas. The residual oxygen remaining after complete
conversion is a function of the exhaustgas Lambda value, and is measured by
the Lambda (oxygen) sensor. During transition from a lean mixture (high residualoxygen content) to a rich mixture (very
low residual-oxygen content), the residual-oxygen content reduces abruptly by
several powers of 10 in the stoichiometric
region = 1 of air-fuel mixture. This results in the sudden jump of sensor voltage
output at = 1. The sensor voltage and its

1
2

internal resistance depend upon temperature. Reliable closed-loop control takes


place at temperatures above 350C (for
the unheated sensor) and above 150C
(for the heated sensor).

Installation (Fig. 3)
The Lambda sensor is installed in the exhaust system at a point which, besides
featuring exhaust-gas composition which
is representative for all cylinders, must
also be hot enough (at least 350C for the
unheated sensor and 150 for the heated
sensor). A sensor life corresponding to
more than 160,000 km as driven by the
vehicle can be achieved if the specifications for sensor loading are complied with.

The Lambda closed-loop


(feedback) control
The control loop comprises the engine
(controlled system), the Lambda sensor
(measuring element), the controller in the
ECU, and the injectors (actuators).
The controlled variable is the residual
oxygen in the exhaust gas. The object of
the closed-loop control is to generate an
optimal A/F mixture by adjusting the
quantity of fuel (manipulated variable) injected by the injectors (actuators).
The Lambda closed-loop control automatically takes into account special modes
such as start, acceleration, and full load.

Lambda Sensor

Unheated Lambda sensor LS


(Fig. 4)

Fig. 4: Unheated Lambda sensor LS


1 Connection cable, 2 Disc spring, 3 Ceramic support tube, 4 Protective sleeve, 5 Contact element,
6 Sensor housing, 7 Active sensor ceramic, 8 Protective tube.

,,
,,

,,,

,
,,,,,,,
,,,
,,,

,,,
,,,,,,,
,,,,,,,,


,

,




,
,,,,,,,
,,,,,
,,,,

The sensor's active ceramic body is held


in position and sealed in the housing by
means of a "finger-shaped" ceramic support tube and a disc spring.
A contact element between the support
tube and the active ceramic body is used
to provide contacting from the inner electrode to the connection cable.
The outer electrode is connected to the
sensor housing by the metal seal ring.
The sensor's internal elements are fastened and aligned by a protective metal
sleeve which, apart from serving as a support for the disc spring, also protects the
interior of the sensor against contamination. The cable is crimped to the end of the
contact element which protrudes from the
sensor, and is sealed off against dampness and mechanical damage by means
of a temperature-resistant PTFE cap.
In order to keep the exhaust-gas combustion deposits away from the sensor ceramic, the end of the housing which protrudes into the exhaust-gas flow is protected by a specially shaped tube having
slots designed to provide highly effective
protection against the effects of excessive
thermal and chemical stresses.

,,,,,
,,,,,
,,,,,
,,,,,
,,,,,
,,,,,
,,,,,
,,,,,
,,,,,
,,,,,
,,,,,
,,,,,

,,,,,,
,,,,,,
,,,,,,
,,,,,,
,,,,,,
,,,,,,
,,,,,,
,,,,,,
,,,,,,
,,,,,,
,,,,,,
,,,,,,
,,,,,,

Fig. 5: Heated Lambda sensor LSH


1 Connection cable, 2 Disc spring, 3 Ceramic support tube, 4 Protective sleeve, 5 Clamp connection for
the heating element, 6 Heating element, 7 Contact element, 8 Sensor housing, 9 Active sensor ceramic,
10 Protective tube.

,
,
2

10

,,,,,,
,,,,,,
,,,,,,
,,,,,,
,,,,,,
,,,,,,
,,,,,,
,,,,,,
,,,,,,
,,,,,,
,,,,,,
,,,,,,
,,,,,,
,,,,,,

,,, ,,,
,,, ,,,
,,, ,,,
,,, ,,,
,,, ,,,
,,, ,,,
,,, ,,,
,,, ,,,,,
,,, ,,,,,
,,, ,,,,,
,,, ,,,,,
,,, ,,,,,
,,, ,,,,,
,,

Heated Lambda sensor LSH


(Fig.5)

Design
Basically, the heated Lambda sensor is
identical to the unheated version.
The active sensor ceramic is heated from
the inside by a ceramic heating element
so that it remains above the 350C function limit independent of the exhaust-gas
temperature. The ceramic heating element has a PTC characteristic so that it
heats up quickly and needs only very little
power when the exhaust gas has heated
up. The heating-element connections are
fully decoupled from the sensor signal line
(R 30 M).
In contrast to the unheated version, the
heated sensor is equipped with a protective tube with small slots for exhaust-gas
passage.
This increases the protection against contamination and prevents the sensor ceramic cooling down excessively when the
exhaust gas is still "cold".

,,,,,
,,,,,
,,,,,
,,,,,
,,,,,
,,

,
,,


,



,,
,

,

,
,,


,
,

,


,,
,
,



,

,



,


,



,,,,,
,,,,,,,,,
,,,,,,
,,,,,

,,,,,,,
,,,,,
,
,,,,,,,,
,




,


,


,





Versions

Advantages

Bosch has a number of versions of its


heated Lambda sensor available:
3-pole version,
3-pole version with additional grounding by cable,
3-pole version with additional grounding by cable for lean-burn applications
(LSM11), and
4-pole version, isolated ground.

Efficient closed-loop control even at low


exhaust-gas temperatures (e.g. at idle),
Flexibility of installation, considerable
latitude regarding mounting method,
Efficient functioning depends less on
exhaust-gas temperature,
Lambda control comes into effect more
quickly after engine start,
Improved exhaust-gas figures due to
improved sensor dynamics,
Reduced danger of contamination
leads to longer service life.

Lambda Sensor

Planar Lambda sensor (LSF)


(Fig. 6)

Fig. 6: Planar Lambda sensor LSF


1 Connection cable , 2 Protective sleeve, 3 Planar sensor element, 4 Ceramic support tube, 5 Sensor
housing, 6 Ceramic seal packing, 7 Protective tube.

,,

Special characteristics:
Short start-up times for the Lambda
closed-loop control,
Stable control characteristics,
Lower heater rating,
Small size,
Low weight, and
Isolated-ground design.

,,,,
,,,,
,,,,
,,,,
,,,,
,,,,
,,,,
,,,,
,,,,

,,,,
,,,,,
,,
,,
,,,,,
,,,,,
,,,,,
,,,,,

trol electronics for the pump and sensor


cells as required for generation of the
sensor signal, but also the control electronics for controlling the sensor's temperature.
As a result, novel applications become possible:
Control also possible at > 1 and < 1,
Continuous Lambda control at = 1,
Diesel-engine control,
Lean-burn concept for SI engines,
Gas-engine control.

The broadband Lambda sensor is a planar


dual-cell limit-current sensor. Its modular
construction, combined with planar techniques, makes it possible to integrate a number of additional functions.
The fact that the LSU sensor is a combination of a Nernst concentration cell (sensor
cell) and a pump cell for oxygenion transport, means that it can also measure accurately in lean and rich regions, not only at
= 1 (Fig. 9). Each sensor is individually
calibrated.
Special control electronics are required
for the LSU sensor (evaluation circuit)
This contains not only the internal con-

,,,,,,,
,,,,,,,
,,,,,,,
,,,,,,,
,,,,,,,
1

Fig. 7: Planar Lambda sensor LSF


(functional layers).
1 Porous protective layer, 2 External electrode,
3 Sensor foil, 4 Inner electrode, 5 Reference-air
passage foil, 6 Insulation layer, 7 Heater,
8 Heater foil, 9 Connection contact.

Us

,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
2

Planar broadband Lambda


sensor LSU

Fig. 8: Planar Lambda sensor LSF


(layer build-up)
1 Exhaust gas, 2 Reference-air passage,
3 Heater. US Sensor voltage.

Fig. 9: Planar broadband Lambda sensor LSU


(layer build-up and curve)
1 Exhaust gas, 2 Pump cell, 3 Diffusion gap,
4 Sensor cell, 5 Reference-air passage, 6 Heater,
7 Sensor signal, 8 Controller. Ip Pump current.

,,
,,,
,,,,,
,,
,,,
,,,,,
,,,,,
1

,,,,,,,,,,,

4
6

7
Ip

mA

6
7
6
8

3,0

Pump
current Ip IP
Pumpstrom

From the construction viewpoint, the major


differences between the LSF sensor and the
LSH sensor are as follows:
The LSF sensor element is fixed in the
sensor housing by means of a ceramic
seal packing.
The double-wall protective tube was specially designed for the planar sensor and
provides the sensor element with highly
effective protection against excessive
thermal and mechanical stresses.

,,,,,,
,,,,,,



,


,



,,
,
,



,

,
,,
,
,

,



,,,,,
,



,
,,,,,,,,


,

,



,

,,,,,
,,,,,,,,
,,,

The planar Lambda sensor has been developed from the proven tube-type ("finger-version") sensor. Functionally, with its voltage
curve jump at = 1, it corresponds to the
heated finger version, while at the same time
providing the basic technology for further
ceramic-type sensors. In contrast to the
finger sensor though, the planar sensor uses
ceramic foils as the solid-state electrolyte.
Screen-printing techniques are employed for
producing the individual functional layers
(electrodes, protective layers, etc.). The
printed foils are laminated one on top of the
other, and this principle enables a heater to
be integrated in the sensor element (Figs. 7
and 8).

2,0
1,0
0,0

1,0

2,0

Robert Bosch GmbH, Automotive Equipment Business Sector, Division K3,


Product Group Lambda Sensor (K3-LS/VKA), Postfach 30 02 20, D-70442 Stuttgart.

1,0

1,6
2,2
Excess-air
factor
Luftzahl

2,5

K3-LS/VKA-D323E01 (08.95) En

22223_1021En_A001

12.07.2001

9:44 Uhr

Seite 1

Sensors
Techniques and applications
CAN-Bus

2
4

Angular-position sensors
Steering-wheel-angle sensors 780
Throttle-valve angular-position sensors 88
Yaw-rate sensors

6
8
10

Rotational-speed sensors
Rotational speeds and angle
Rotational speeds

12
14

Acceleration sensors
Pyroelectric sensors up to 5 g
Piezoelectric sensors up to 35 g
Surface-type micromechanical sensors
10 g to 50 g
Piezoelectric vibration sensors
Vibration sensors for signal evaluation

16
18
20
22
24

Pressure sensors
Pressure measurement
In gases from 100 kPa to 5 kPa
In gases and liquid mediums
from 2.5 kPa to +3.75 kPa
In atmosphere from 60 kPa to 115 kPa
In gases up to 250 kPa
In gases up to 400 kPa
In gases and liquid mediums up to 600 kPa
Pressure sensors up to 1800 bar (180 MPa)

26
28
30
32
34
40
45

Temperature sensors
Air temperatures from 40 C to 130 C
Liquid temperatures from 40 C to 130 C

50
52

Air-mass meters
Air-mass flow rates up to 1080 kg/h
Air-mass flow rates up to 1000 kg/h

54
56

Lambda oxygen sensors

58

Enquiry data sheet

61

We reserve the right to make technical changes.

22223_1021En_002-003

12.07.2001

9:45 Uhr

Seite 2

2 Sensors

Techniques and applications

This catalog features the most


important technical data required for selecting a given
sensor. To date, the sensors
listed have all been used in
automotive applications, but
their universal and highly versatile characteristics also make
them ideally suitable for industrial applications. For instance
in:

Manufacturing engineering
Mechanical engineering
Automation
Materials handling and
conveying
Heating and air-conditioning
Chemical and process
engineering
Environmental and conservation technology
Installation and plant
engineering

Brief descriptions and examples


of application are to be found in
the Table below.
For the applications listed below,
prior clarification of the technical
suitability is imperative. This
Catalog only lists those products
which are available from series
manufacture. If your problem
cannot be solved with this range
of products, please inform of us
of your requirements using the
Enquiry Data Sheet.

Sensors

Automotive application

Examples of non-automotive
applications

Angular position sensors measure simple


angular settings and changes in angle.

Throttle-valve-angle measurement for engine


management on gasoline (SI) engines.

Door/window opening angle, setting-lever


angles in monitoring and control installations.

Rotational-speed sensors measure


rotational speeds, positions and angles in
excess of 360.

Wheel-speed measurement for ABS/TCS,


engine speeds, positioning angle for engine
management, measurement of steeringwheel angle, distance covered, and
curves/bends for vehicle navigation systems.

Proximity or non-contact measurement of


rotational speed, displacement and angular
measurement, definition of end and limit
settings for industrial machines, robots, and
installations of all types.

Spring-mass acceleration sensors measure


changes in speed, such as are common in
road traffic.

Registration of vehicular acceleration and


deceleration. Used for the Antilock Braking
System (ABS) and the Traction Control
System (TCS).

Acceleration and deceleration measurement


for safety, control, protective systems in lifts,
cable railways, fork-lift trucks, conveyor belts,
machines, wind power stations.

Bending-beam acceleration sensors


register shocks and vibration which are
caused by impacts on rough/unpaved road
surfaces or contact with kerbstones.

For engine management, detection of


vibration on rough/unpaved road surfaces.

Forced switch-off for machines, industrial


robots, manufacturing plant, and gaming machines in case of sudden acceleration or deceleration caused by shock or impact.

Piezoelectric acceleration sensors


measure shocks and vibration which occur
when vehicles and bodies impact against an
obstacle.

Impact detection used for triggering airbags


and belt tighteners.

Detection of impact in monitoring/surveillance


installations, detection of foreign bodies in combine harvesters, filling machines, and sorting
plants. Registration of score during rifleman
competitions.

Yaw sensors measure skidding movements,


such as occur in vehicles under road traffic
conditions.

Used on the vehicle dynamics control


(Electronic Stability Program, ESP) for
measuring yaw rate and lateral acceleration,
and for vehicle navigation sensors.

Stabilization of model vehicles and airplanes,


safety circuits in carousels and other entertainment devices on fairgrounds etc.

Piezoelectric vibration sensors measure


structure-borne vibrations which occur at
engines, machines, and pivot bearings.

Engine-knock detection for anti-knock control


in engine-management systems.

Machine-tool safety, cavitation detection, pivotbearing monitoring, structure-borne-noise


detection in measurement systems.

Absolute-pressure sensors measure the


pressure ranges from about 50% to 500%
of the earths atmospheric pressure.

Manifold vacuum measurement for engine


management. Charge-air-pressure measurement for charge-air pressure control, altitudepressure-dependent fuel injection for diesel
engines.

Pressure control in electronic vacuum cleaners,


monitoring of pneumatic production lines,
meters for air-pressure, altitude, blood pressure, manometers, storm-warning devices.

Differential-pressure sensors measure


differential gas pressures, e.g. for pressurecompensation purposes.

Pressure measurement in the fuel tank,


evaporative-emissions control systems.

Monitoring of over and underpressure.


Pressure limiters, filled-level measurement.

Temperature sensors measure the temperature of gaseous materials and, inside a suitable housing, the temperatures of liquids in
the temparature range of the earths atmosphere and of water.

Display of outside and inside temperature,


control of air conditioners and inside temperature, control of radiators and thermostats,
measurement of lube-oil, coolant, and engine
temperatures.

Thermometers, thermostats, thermal protection,


frost detectors, air-conditioner control, temperature and central heating, refrigerant-temperature monitoring, regulation of hot-water and
heat pumps.

Lambda oxygen sensors determine the


residual oxygen content in the exhaust gas.

Control of A/F mixture for minimization


of pollutant emissions on gasoline and gas
engines.

Pollutants reduction during combustion, smoke


measurement, gas analysis.

Air-mass meters measure the flow rate of


gases.

Measurement of the mass of the air drawn in


by the engine.

Flow-rate measurement for gases on test


benches and in combustion plant.

22223_1021En_002-003

12.07.2001

9:45 Uhr

Seite 3

Sensors 3

IP degrees of protection
Valid for the electrical equipment of road vehicles as per
DIN 40 050 (Part 9).
Protection of the electrical
equipment inside the enclosure
against the effects of solid
foreign objects including dust.
Protection of the electrical
equipment inside the enclosure
against the ingress of water.
Protection of persons
against contact with dangerous
parts, and rotating parts, inside
the enclosure.

Structure of the IP code


IP

1)

2)

Code letters
First characteristic numeral
0...6 or letter X
Second characteristic numeral
0...9 or letter X
Additional letter (optional)
A, B, C, D
Supplementary letter (optional)
M, S
K1)
If a characteristic numeral is not given, it must be superseded by the letter X
(i.e. XX if both characteristic numerals are not given).
The supplementary and/or additional letters can be omitted at will, and need not be
superseded by other letters.
1) The supplementary letter K is located either directly after the first characteristic
numerals 5 and 6, or directly after the second characteristic numerals 4, 6 and 9.
2) During the water test. Example: IP16KB protection against the ingress of solid foreign
bodies with diameter 50 mm, protection against high-pressure hose water, protection
against access with a finger.

Comments on IP code
1st characteristic numeral
and supplementary letter
K
0

Protection of
electrical equipment against
ingress of solid
foreign objects
Non-protected

Persons

Protection against
foreign bodies
50 mm

Protection against
foreign bodies
12.5 mm

Protection
1
against contact
with back
of hand
Protection
2
against contact
with finger

5K

Protection against
foreign bodies
2.5 mm
Protection against
foreign bodies
1.0 mm
Dust-protected

Protection
3
against contact
with tool
Protection
4
against contact
with wire
Protection
4K
against contact
with wire

6K

Dust-proof

Protection
5
against contact
with wire
6

Non-protected

2nd characteristic numeral


and supplementary letter
K
0

6K
7
8
9K

Protection of
electrical equipment against
the ingress
of water
Non-protected

Additional Protection of
letter
persons against
(optional) contact with
hazardous parts
A

Protection
M
against contact
with back of hand

Protection
against vertically
dripping water

Protection
against contact
with finger

Protection
C
against dripping
water (at an
angle of 15)
Protection
D
against
splash water
Protection
against
spray water
Protection
against highpressure
spray water
Protection
against jets
of water
Protection
against powerful jets of water
Protection against
high-pressure
jets of water
Protection against
temporary
immersion
Protection
against continuous immersion
Protection
against highpressure/steamjet cleaners

Protection
against contact
with tool

Protection
against contact
with wire

Additional
letter
(optional)
Movable parts
of the equipment are in
motion2)
Movable parts
of the equipment are
stationary2)
For the electrical equipment
of road
vehicles

22223_1021En_004-005

12.07.2001

9:48 Uhr

Seite 4

Sensors

CAN-Bus
Controller Area Network

Present-day motor vehicles are


equipped with a large number
of electronic control units
(ECUs) which have to exchange large volumes of data
with one another in order to
perform their various functions.
The conventional method of

doing so by using dedicated


data lines for each link is now
reaching the limits of its capabilities. On the one hand, it
makes the wiring harnesses
so complex that they become
unmanageable, and on the
other the finite number of pins

on the connectors becomes the


limiting factor for ECU development. The solution is to be
found in the use of specialized,
vehicle-compatible serial bus
systems among which the CAN
has established itself as the
standard.

Applications
There are four areas of application for
CAN in the motor vehicle, each with its
own individual requirements:

Bus configuration
CAN operates according to the multimaster principle, in which a linear bus
structure connects several ECUs of equal
priority rating (Fig. 1). The advantage of
this type of structure lies in the fact that a
malfunction at one node does not impair
bus-system access for the remaining devices. Thus the probability of a total system
failure is substantially lower than with other
logical architectures (such as ring or active
star structures). When a ring or active star
structure is employed, failure at a single
node or at the CPU is sufficient to cause a
total failure.

they then repeat the transmission attempt


as soon as the bus is free again.

Real-time applications
Real-time applications, in which electrical
systems such as Motronic, transmissionshift control, electronic stability-control systems are networked with one another, are
used to control vehicle dynamics.
Typical data transmission rates range from
125 kbit/s to 1 Mbit/s (high-speed CAN) in
order to be able to guarantee the real-time
characteristics demanded.
Multiplex applications
Multiplex applications are suitable for situations requiring control and regulation of
body-component and luxury/convenience
systems such as air conditioning, central
locking and seat adjustment.
Typical data transmission rates are between 10 kbits and 125 kbit/s (low-speed
CAN).
Mobile-communications applications
Mobile-communications applications
connect components such as the navigation system, cellular phone or audio system
with central displays and controls. The
basic aim is to standardize control operations and to condense status information
so as to minimize driver distraction.
Data transmission rates are generally below 125 kbit/s; whereby direct transmission of audio or video data is not possible.
Diagnostic applications
Diagnostic applications for CAN aim to
make use of existing networking for the
diagnosis of the ECUs incorporated in the
network. The use of the K line (ISO
9141), which is currently the normal practice, is then no longer necessary.
The data rate envisaged is 500 kbit/s.

Content-based addressing
Addressing is message-based when using
CAN. This involves assigning a fixed identifier to each message. The identifier classifies the content of the message (e.g., engine speed). Each station processes only
those messages whose identifiers are
stored in its acceptance list (message filtering, Fig. 2). Thus CAN requires no station
addresses for data transmission, and the
nodes are not involved in administering
system configuration. This facilitates adaptation to variations in equipment levels.
Logical bus states
The CAN protocol is based on two logical
states: The bits are either recessive
(logical 1) or dominant (logical 0). When
at least one station transmits a dominant
bit, then the recessive bits simultaneously
sent from other stations are overwritten.
Priority assignments
The identifier labels both the data content
and the priority of the message being sent.
Identifiers corresponding to low binary
numbers enjoy a high priority and vice
versa.
Bus access
Each station can begin transmitting its
most important data as soon as the bus is
unoccupied. When several stations start to
transmit simultaneously, the system responds by employing Wired-AND arbitration to sort out the resulting contentions
over bus access. The message with the
highest priority is assigned first access,
without any bit loss or delay. Transmitters
respond to failure to gain bus access by
automatically switching to receive mode;

Message format
CAN supports two different data-frame formats, with the sole distinction being in the
length of the identifier (ID). The standardformat ID is 11 bits, while the extended
version consists of 29 bits. Thus the transmission data frame contains a maximum of
130 bits in standard format, or 150 bits in
the extended format. This ensures miminal
waiting time until the subsequent transmission (which could be urgent). The data
frame consists of seven consecutive bit
fields (Fig. 3 ):
Start of frame
indicates the beginning of a message and
synchronizes all stations.
Arbitration field
consists of the messages identifier and an
additional control bit. While this field is
being transmitted, the transmitter accompanies the transmission of each bit with a
check to ensure that no higher-priority
message is being transmitted (which
would cancel the access authorization).
The control bit determines whether the
message is classified under data frame
or remote frame.
Control field
contains the code indicating the number of
data bytes in the data field.
Data fields
information content comprises between
0 and 8 bytes. A message of data length 0
can be used to synchronize distributed
processes.
CRC field
(Cyclic Redundancy Check) contains the
check word for detecting possible transmission interference.
Ack field
contains the acknowledgement signals
with which all receivers indicate receipt of
non-corrupted messages.
End of frame
marks the end of the message.

22223_1021En_004-005 01.02.2002 10:45 Uhr Seite 5

Sensors

1 Linear bus structure.


Transmission
shift control
Station 1

2 Message filtering.

3 Message format.

Engine
management
Station 2
CAN
Station 1

CAN
Station 2

Accept

Make
ready

Selection

Send
message

CAN

Reception

CAN
Station 3

Start of Frame
Arbitration Field
Control Field
Data Field
CRC Field
ACK Field
End of
Frame
Inter
Frame
Space

CAN
Station 4

Accept

Selection

Selection

Reception

Reception

1
IDLE 1* 12* 6* 0...64* 16*

2* 7* 3* IDLE

0
Data Frame
ABS/TCS/ESP
Station 3

Instrument cluster
Station 4

Transmitter initiative
The transmitter will usually initiate a data
transfer by sending a data frame. However,
the receiver can also request data from the
transmitter. This involves the receiver sending out a remote frame. The data frame
and the corresponding remote frame
have the same identifier. They are distinguished from one another by means of the
bit that follows the identifier.
Error detection
CAN incorporates a number of monitoring
features for detecting errors. These
include:
15 Bit CRC (Cyclic Redundancy
Check): Each receiver compares the
CRC sequence which it receives with
the calculated sequence.
Monitoring: Each transmitter compares
transmitted and scanned bit.
Bit stuffing: Between start of frame
and the end of the CRC field, each
data frame or remote frame may contain a maximum of 5 consecutive bits of
the same polarity. The transmitter follows
up a sequence of 5 bits of the same
polarity by inserting a bit of the opposite
polarity in the bit stream; the receivers
eliminate these bits as the messages
arrive.
Frame check: The CAN protocol contains several bit fields with a fixed format
for verification by all stations.
Error handling
When a CAN controller detects an error, it
aborts the current transmission by sending
an error flag. An error flag consists of
6 dominant bits; it functions by deliberately
violating the conventions governing stuffing
and/or formats.

Bus

Fault confinement with local failure


Defective stations can severely impair the
ability to process bus traffic. Therefore, the
CAN controllers incorporate mechanisms
which can distinguish between intermittent
and permanent errors and local station
failures. This process is based on statistical evaluation of error conditions.
Implementations
In order to provide the proper CPU support for a wide range of different requirements, the semiconductor manufacturers
have introduced implementations representing a broad range of performance
levels. The various implementations differ
neither in the message they produce, nor
in their arrangements for responding to
errors. The difference lies solely in the type
of CPU support required for message
administration.
As the demands placed on the ECUs
processing capacity are extensive, the
interface controller should be able to ad-

Message Frame

minister a large number of messages and


expedite data communications with, as far
as possible, no demands on the CPUs
computational resources. Powerful CAN
controllers are generally used in this type
of application.
The demands placed on the controllers by
multiplex systems and present-day mobile
communications are more modest. For that
reason, more basic and less expensive
chips are preferred for such uses.
Standardization
CANs for data exchange in automotive
applications have been standardized both
by the ISO and the SAE in ISO 11519-2
for low-speed applications 125 kbit/s
and in ISO 11898 and SAE J 22584 (cars)
and SAE J 1939 (trucks and busses) for
high-speed applications >125 kbit/s. There
is also an ISO standard for diagnosis via
CAN (ISO 15765 Draft) in the course of
preparation.

Source: Texts and illustrations on the subject of


CAN-Bus are taken from the
Bosch Automotive Handbook,
5th Edition, 2000.
The Automotive Handbook
contains a very wide variety of
information covering the whole
range of modern-day automotive
engineering.
Further information on sensors in the
vehicle can be taken from the Bosch
Yellow Jacket publication Automotive
Sensors which is scheduled to appear
in the Autumn.

22223_1021En_006-007

12.07.2001

10:13 Uhr

Seite 6

Steering-wheel-angle sensors

Steering-wheel-angle sensor
Measurement of angles from 780 to +780

CAN
P True-Power-On function.
P Multiple-rotation function.
P CAN interface.

Application
The steering-wheel-angle sensor was developed for use with vehicle dynamics
systems (ESP*).
Due to integral plausibility tests, and special self-diagnosis functions, this steeringwheel-angle sensor is highly suitable for
application in safety systems.
Design and function
When the steering wheel is turned it rotates a gearwheel which in turn drives two
other special measuring gears which incorporate magnets. AMR elements which
change their resistance as a function of the
direction of magnetic field register the angular position of the magnets. These analog measured values are then inputted to
the microprocessor via an A/D converter.
The number of teeth on one measuring
gear differs to that on the other, which
means that they therefore change their
rotational position at different speeds.
By combining both the actual angles of
rotation, it is possible to calculate the total
angle of rotation. After a number of rotations of the steering wheel, each of the
measuring gears has returned to its initial
position. Using this principle, it becomes
possible to cover a measurement range of
several steering-wheel rotations without the
need to use a revolution counter.
The steering-wheel angle is outputted in
the form of an absolute angle across the
total steering-column rotation range. One
of this sensors special features is the fact
that the (correct) angle-of-rotation is available immediately the ignition is switched
on, without the steering wheel having been
moved (True-Power-On). The steeringwheel angle and the steering-wheel speed
are outputted via CAN.
* ESP = Electronic Stability Program

Installation possibilities.
A Steering-column switch,
B Steering column

Design and function.


1 Steering column, 2 AMR sensor element,
3 Measuring gear with m teeth, 4 Evaluation
electronics, 5 Magnets, 6 Measuring gear with
n>m teeth, 7 Gearwheel
with m+1
1
teeth

5
6

B
3
4

Technical data / Range


Order No.

0 265 005 411 1)

Steering-wheel-angle sensor/Type
Measuring range, angle
Measuring range, acceleration
Sensitivity and resolution throughout the measuring range, angle
Sensitivity and resolution throughout the measuring range, acceleration
Non-linearity throughout measuring range
Hysteresis throughout measuring range
Rate of steering-wheel-angle change, max.
Rate of steering-wheel-angle change, displayed

LWS 3
780...+779.9
0...1016/s
0.1
4/s
2.5...+2.5
0...5
2000...+2000/s
0...1016/s

General data
Operating temperature
Storage temperature
Supply voltage
Supply-voltage range UV
Current consumption at 12 V
1) Details of further designs upon request

40...+85 C
40...+50 C
12 V nominal
8...16 V
< 150 mA

12.07.2001

10:13 Uhr

Seite 7

Steering-wheel-angle sensors

Dimension drawings.
A Distance hub to mount
B Distance LWS (steering-wheel-angle sensor) to steering-column mounting flange
H Mounting bracket
M Mounting direction
P Space for mating connector and wiring harness
X Connector-pin assignment

Steering-column installation dimensions

32,7 0,5
27

,5

m
ax

30

26

,7

17,6 0,2

+
- 0,
0, 2
1

22,7 0,1

23 0,2

22223_1021En_006-007

2,8 0,3

30

8 0,5
32,7 0,5

A
0,5

14,3 0,5

60
8,3 0,1

0,8

6,7 0,5

1,8

H
Y
84 0,5
79 0,5

49,1 0,5
35,1

79

M
34

1 2
4 5 6

3
7

Characteristic curve.
Counterclockwise

Clockwise

Output signal

700

Further application possibilities


Using the standardized CAN-Bus, the
steering-wheel angle information can be
used for such systems as electronic stability program (ESP), navigation and electric
power steering.
Details of mechanical connection variants,
as well as of the electrical interface are
available on request.

Connector-pin assignment.
Pin 1 Ground
Pin 2 12 V
Pin 3 CAN high
Pin 4 CAN low
Pin 5
Pin 6
Pin 7

-780
700

0
Steering-wheel angle

-780

Block diagram.

AMR
element
AMR
element

A/D
converter

Microprocessor

CANDriver

CAN-Bus

22223_1021En_008-009

12.07.2001

9:47 Uhr

Seite 8

Angular-position sensors

Throttle-valve angular-position sensor


Measurement of angles up to 88

R
P Potentiometic angularposition sensor with linear
characteristic curve.
P Sturdy construction for
extreme loading.
P Very compact.

Design
The position sensor 0 280 122 001 has
one linear characteristic curve.
The position sensor 0 280 122 201 has
two linear characteristic curves.
This permits particularly good resolution in
the angular range 0...23.
Explanation of symbols
UA Output voltage
UV Supply voltage
Angle of rotation
UA2 Output voltage, characteristic curve 2
UA3 Output voltage, characteristic curve 3
Accessories for 0 280 122 001
Connector
1 237 000 039
Accessories for 0 280 122 201
Plug housing
1 284 485 118
Receptacles, 5 per pack,
Qty. required: 4
1 284 477 121
Protective cap, 5 per pack,
Qty. required: 1
1 280 703 023

1,00
0,94

1,00
0,9125
0,80

UA
UV

Voltage ratio

Design and function


The throttle-valve angular-position sensor
is a potentiometric sensor with a linear
characteristic curve. In electronic fuel injection (EFI) engines it generates a voltage
ratio which is proportional to the throttle
valves angle of rotation. The sensors rotor
is attached to the throttle-valve shaft, and
when the throttle valve moves, the sensors
special wipers move over their resistance
tracks so that the throttles angular position
is transformed into a voltage ratio. The
throttle-valve angular-position sensors are
not provided with return springs.

Characteristic curves 2 and 3.


A Internal stop,
W Electrically usable angular range.

Characteristic curve 1.
A Internal stop, L Positional tolerance of the
wiper when fitted, N Nominal characteristic
curve, T Tolerance limit,
W Electrically usable angular range.

U
Voltage ratio UA
V

Application
These sensors are used in automotive
applications for measuring the angle of
rotation of the throttle valve. Since these
sensors are directly attached to the throttlevalve housing at the end of the throttleshaft extension, they are subject to extremely hostile underhood operating conditions. To remain fully operational, they
must be resistant to fuels, oils, saline fog,
and industrial climate.

0,05
0
L
A

0 10

w
Angle of rotation

0,60
0,40
0,20
0,05
0

100
96
A

88
0

23 30

60

90
A

Angle of rotation

Technical data / Range


Part number
Diagram
Useful electrical angular range
Useful mechanical angular range
Angle between the internal stops
(must not be contacted when
sensor installed)
Direction of rotation
Total resistance (Terms. 12)
Wiper protective resistor (wiper
in zero setting, Terms. 23)
Operating voltage UV
Electrical loading
Permissible wiper current
Voltage ratio from stop to stop
Chara. curve 1
Voltage ratio in area 0...88 C
Chara. curve 2
Chara. curve 3
Slope of the nominal characteristic curve
Operating temperature
Guide value for permissible vibration
acceleration
Service life (operating cycles)

Degree
Degree

Degree
k

V
A

0 280 122 001


1; 2
86
86

0 280 122 201


3
88
92

95
Optional
2 20 %

Counterclockwise

710...1380
5
Ohmic resistance
18

5
Ohmic resistance
20

0.04 UA/UV 0.96

deg1
C

0.00927
40...+130

0.05 UA2/UV 0.985


0.05 UA3/UV 0.970

40...+85

m s2
Mio

700
2

300
1.2

22223_1021En_008-009

12.07.2001

9:47 Uhr

Seite 9

Angular-position sensors

Dimension drawings.
A Plug-in connection,
B O-ring 14.65 x 2 mm,
C Fixing dimensions for throttle-valve housing, D Clockwise rotation 1),
E Counterclockwise rotation 1), Direction of throttle-valve opening.
1) Throttle valve in idle setting.

F O-ring 16.5 x 2.5 mm, G 2 ribs, 2.5 mm thick,


H Plug-in connection, I Blade terminal,
K This mounting position is only permissible when the throttle-valve shaft is
sealed against oil, gasoline, etc., Direction of throttle-valve opening,
L Fixing dimensions for throttle-valve potentiometer.

0 280 122 001

0 280 122 201

1 23

5 0,1

71
14+2
-1
20
39

54

67

35

13

10,5

12 3 4

R4

4,5 0,1

5
6,

F
G

55 0,2
68

4,8 + 0,3

16

4,6 0,3

22

2 0,2

59
20,5 0,3

4 0,05
1 0,2 x45

38

30,5 0,1

1+0,2

,8
2

9,7

90

25 min.

70 0,2

8 -0,05

M4

M4

E
7,5
8,5

90

176 2

Diagram 1.

Diagram 2.

+1

13,5 -0,3

+0,2

4,5 0,3

30

0,5 -0,1x 45

11 0,5

21 h10

min.21
13

55 0,2

6 -0,1

2,5 -0,5

X
16

30,5 0,1 24,5 0,1

2,3

+0,02

M4

7,5

15,1-0,10

M4

15,1 D10
8 -0,05

21 D10

35

85
70 0,2

(+)

(-)

Diagram 3.
Throttle valve in idle setting.
3

(-)

(+)

( )

S2

( )

S1

22223_1021En_010-011

10

12.07.2001

9:46 Uhr

Seite 10

Yaw sensor

Yaw sensor (gyrometer)


with micromechanical acceleration sensor

U
P Compact system design with
highly integrated electronics.
P Insensitive to mechanical or
electrical interference.
P Simultaneous measurement
of yaw rate and acceleration
vertical to the rotary axis.
P Extensive yaw-rate measuring range from 0.2...100 degrees per second (corresponds
to 2...1,000 rotations per hour).
P Capacitive measuring
concept.
Design
The complete unit is comprised of a
yaw sensor and an acceleration sensor,
together with evaluation electronics. These
components are all mounted on a hybrid
and hermetically sealed in a metal housing.
Application
This sensor is used in automotive engineering for the vehicle dynamics control
(Electronic Stability Program, ESP) and
measures the vehicles rotation around its
vertical axis, while at the same time
measuring the acceleration at right angles
to the driving direction. By electronically
ervaluating the measured values, the sensor is able to differentiate between normal
cornering and vehicle skidding movements.
Operating principle
Two oscillatory masses each have a conductor attached through which alternating
current (AC) flows. Since both of the masses are located in a constant magnetic
field, they are each subjected to an electrodynamic force which causes them to
oscillate. If the masses are also subjected
to a rotational movement, Coriolis forces
are also generated. The resulting Coriolis
acceleration is a measure for the yaw
rate.The linear acceleration values are
registered by a separate sensor element.
Installation information
Installation near to the vehicles center of
gravity
Max. reference-axis deviation transverse
to the direction of movement 3
Refer to sketch on Page 9
Tightening torque for fastening screws:
6 +2/1 Nm.
Explanation of symbols
Yaw rate
g Acceleration due to gravity
9.8065 m s2
aq Linear (transverse) acceleration

Technical data / Range


Part number

0 265 005 258

Yaw sensor
Maximum yaw rate max. about the rotary axis (Z-axis)
Minimum resolution
Sensitivity
Change of sensitivity
Offset yaw rate
Change of offset
Non-linearity, max. deviation from best linear approximation
Ready time
Dynamic response
Electrical noise (measured with 100 Hz bandwidth)

DRS-MM1.0R
100/s
0.2/s
18 mV//s
5%
2/s 1)
4/s
1% FSO
1s
30 Hz
5 mVrms

Linear acceleration sensor


Maximum acceleration qmax
Sensitivity
Change of sensitivity
Offset
Change of offset
Non-linearity, max. deviation from best linear approximation
Ready time
Dynamic response
Electrical noise (measured with 100 Hz bandwidth)

1.8 g
1000 mV/g
5%
0 g 1)
0,06 g
3% FSO
1.0 s
30 Hz
5 mVrms

General data
Operating-temperature range
Storage-temperature range
Supply voltage
Supply-voltage range
Current consumption at 12 V
Reference voltage
1) Zero point is 2.5 V (reference).

30...+85 C
20...+50 C
12 V nominal
8.2...16 V
< 70 mA
2.5 V 50 mV 1)

Accessories 2)
Plug housing

Qty. required: 1
AMP-No: 1-967 616-1
Contact pins
for 0.75 mm2
Qty. required: 6
AMP-No:
965 907-1
Gaskets
for 1.4...1.9 mm2
Qty. required: 6
AMP-No:
967 067-1
2) To be obtained from AMP Deutschland GmbH, D-63225 Langen,
Tel. 0 61 03/7 09-0, Fax 0 61 03/7 09-12 23, E-Mail: AMP.Kontakt@tycoelectronics.com

22223_1021En_010-011

12.07.2001

9:46 Uhr

Seite 11

Yaw sensor

Dimension drawings.
F Forward driving direction
S 6-pole plug
Ra Reference axis
Rf Reference surface
ac Acceleration direction

11

Operating principle.

ac Coriolis acceleration

V Speed of oscillation

Angular velocity

ac = 2V x
F

Deviation of -axis to
reference surface 3

42,6

12

35,1
33,1

A-A

ac
A
Rf

35

80,2
62 0,3

Ra

6,1

+0,2
-0,1

ac

33
79,6
83,6

ac

Connector-pin assignment
Pin 1 Reference
Pin 2 BITE
Pin 3 12 V
Pin 4 Out: Yaw-rate sensor
Pin 5 Out: Acceleration sensor
Pin 6 Ground

4 5 6
1 2 3

Block diagram.

1. Coriolis
acceleration

Oscilator
Yaw sensor

GND

Characteristic curve.

2. Coriolis
acceleration

VDD

V t1
m

V t2

Acceleration
sensor

C
U

Sens.
adjust

Offset
adjust

DRS-OUT

Output voltage UA

Test

ac

U
Oscilator
loop

C
U

Sens.
adjust

PLL

Low pass
filter

REF-OUT

Offset
adjust

Evaluation circuit

LIN-OUT
0.65 V
-100

V
5.0
4.0

4.35 V

3.0
2.0
1.0
0.0
Yaw rate

+100

22223_1021En_012-013

12

12.07.2001

9:56 Uhr

Seite 12

Rotational-speed sensors

Inductive rotational-speed sensors


Incremental* measurement of angles and rotational speeds
n
U
P Non-contacting (proximity)
and thus wear-free, rotationalspeed measurement.
P Sturdy design for exacting
demands.
P Powerful output signal.
P Measurement dependent on
direction of rotation.

Application
Inductive rotational-speed sensors of this
type are suitable for numerous applications
involving the registration of rotational
speeds. Depending on design, they
measure engine speeds and wheel speeds
for ABS systems, and convert these
speeds into electric signals.
Design and function
The soft-iron core of the sensor is surrounded by a winding, and located directly
opposite a rotating toothed pulse ring with
only a narrow air gap separating the two.
The soft-iron core is connected to a permanent magnet, the magnetic field of which
extends into the ferromagnetic pulse ring
and is influenced by it. A tooth located
directly opposite the sensor concentrates
the magnetic field and amplifies the
magnetic flux in the coil, whereas the
magnetic flux is attenuated by a tooth
space. These two conditions constantly
follow on from one another due to the
pulse ring rotating with the wheel. Changes
in magnetic flux are generated at the transitions between the tooth space and tooth
(leading tooth edge) and at the transitions
between tooth and tooth space (trailing
tooth edge). In line with Faradays Law,
these changes in magnetic flux induce an
AC voltage in the coil, the frequency
of which is suitable for determining the
rotational speed.

Range
Cable length
with plug
360 15
553 10
450 15

Wheel-speed sensor (principle).


1 Shielded cable, 2 Permanent magnet,
3 Sensor housing, 4 Housing block,
5 Soft-iron core, 6 Coil, 7 Air gap,
8 Toothed pulse ring with reference mark.
1

Diagram.
Connections:
1 Output voltage,
2 Ground, 3 Shield.
0 281 002 214, ..104

xxxxxxxxxx
xxxxxx

1
N
S

0 261 210 147


5

6
7
8

N
S

Order No.
0 261 210 104
0 261 210 147
0 281 002 214

* A continuously changing variable is replaced by a frequency proportional to it.

1
2

Technical Data
Fig./
Dimension
drawing
1
2
3

Rotational-speed range n 1)
min1
< 20...7000
Permanent ambient temperature in the cable area
For 0 261 210 104, 0 281 002 214
C
40...+120
For 0 261 210 147
C
40...+130
Permanent ambient temperature in the coil area
C
40...+150
Vibration stress max.
m s2
1200
Number of turns
4300 10
Winding resistance at 20 C 2)

860 10 %
Inductance at 1 kHz
mH
370 15 %
Degree of protection
IP 67
Output voltage UA 1)
V
0...200
1) Referred to the associated pulse ring.
2) Change factor k = 1+0.004 ( 20 C); winding temperature
W
W

9:56 Uhr

Rotational-speed sensors

Dimension drawings.

45 1
0,1
21
24+- 0,2
5

5
2,
R1

0,15
18+- 0,2
27

3,5

180 5

6,7 + 0,3

19 0,2

0 261 210 104


R7

Seite 13

17,95 -0,35

12.07.2001

18 h9

22223_1021En_012-013

R11

8
14 10

12

X
1 2 3

45 1
+0,1
21 24 -0,2
5

0 261 210 147

26,5
19 0,1

R
90
12
570 10

130,5
7,6+0,6

17,95-0,35
20,7-0,2
21,36+0,63

27

25

O
8
14

X
3

9,5
15,5

12

19

X
3

450 15

Accessories
For rot-speed
sensor
0 261 210 104
0 261 210 147
0 261 002 214

From offer
drawing
A 928 000 019
A 928 000 012
A 928 000 453

Plug part
number
1 928 402 412
1 928 402 579
Enquire at AMP
1 928 402 966

13

0,3

0,2

6,7 +

20

R7

,7

-0
,

25

3,5

27

R1

17,95-0,35
21,15+0,64

11
R

59 1
+0,1
22,5
36,5 -0,2
5
O

30

180,2

0 281 002 214

2,5

The sensor generates one output pulse per


tooth. The pulse amplitude is a function of
the air gap, together with the toothed rings
rotational speed, the shape of its teeth, and
the materials used in its manufacture. Not
only the output-signal amplitude increases
with speed, but also its frequency. This
means that a minimum rotational speed is
required for reliable evaluation of even the
smallest voltages.
A reference mark on the pulse ring in the
form of a large tooth space makes it possible not only to perform rotational-speed
measurement, but also to determine the
pulse rings position. Since the toothed
pulse ring is an important component of the
rotational-speed measuring system, exacting technical demands are made upon it to
ensure that reliable, precise information
is obtained. Pulse-ring specifications are
available on request.
Explanation of symbols
UA Output voltage
n
Rotational speed
s
Air gap

7,

3,5

11

L = 360 15

13

22223_1021En_014-015

14

12.07.2001

9:57 Uhr

Seite 14

Rotational-speed sensors

Hall-effect rotational-speed sensors


Digital measurement of rotational speeds
n, , s
U
P Precise and reliable digital
measurement of rotational
speed, angle, and distance
travelled.
P Non-contacting (proximity)
measurement.
P Hall-IC in sensor with opencollector output.
P Insensitive to dirt and
contamination.
P Resistant to mineral-oil products (fuel, engine lubricant).

Design
Hall sensors comprise a semiconductor
wafer with integrated driver circuits (e.g.
Schmitt-Trigger) for signal conditioning, a
transistor functioning as the output driver,
and a permanent magnet. These are all
hermetically sealed inside a plastic plugtype housing.
Application
Hall-effect rotational-speed sensors are
used for the non-contacting (proximity), and
therefore wear-free, measurement of rotational speeds, angles, and travelled distances.
Compared to inductive-type sensors, they
have an advantage in their output signal
being independent of the rotational speed or
relative speed of the rotating trigger-wheel
vane. The position of the tooth is the decisive factor for the output signal.
Adaptation to almost every conceivable
application requirement is possible by
appropriate tooth design. In automotive
engineering, Hall-effect sensors are used
for information on the momentary wheel
speed and wheel position as needed for
braking and drive systems (ABS/TCS), for
measuring the steering-wheel angle as
required for the vehicle dynamics control
system (Electronic Stability Program, ESP),
and for cylinder identification.
Operating principle
Measurement is based upon the Hall effect
which states that when a current is passed
through a semiconductor wafer the socalled Hall voltage is generated at right
angles to the direction of current. The
magnitude of this voltage is proportional to
the magnetic field through the semiconductor. Protective circuits, signal conditioning
circuits, and output drivers are assembled
directly on this semiconductor.
If a magnetically conductive tooth (e.g. of
soft iron) is moved in front of the sensor,
the magnetic field is influenced arbitrarily
as a function of the trigger-wheel vane
shape. In other words, the output signals
are practically freely selectable.

Technical Data 1) / Range


Part number
0 232 103 021
0 232 103 022
Minimum rotational speed of trigger wheel nmin
0 min1
10 min1
Maximum rotational-speed of trigger wheel nmax.
4000 min1
4500 min1
Minimum working air gap
0.1 mm
0.1 mm
Maximum working air gap
1.8 mm
1.5 mm
Supply voltage UN
5V
12 V
Supply-voltage range UV
4.75...5.25 V 2)
4.5...24 V
Supply current IV
Typical 5.5 mA
10 mA
Output current IA
0...20 mA
0...20 mA
Output voltage UA
0... UV
0... UV
Output saturation voltage US
0.5 V
0.5 V
Switching time tf 3) at UA = UN, IA = 20 mA (ohmic load) 1 s
1 s
Switching time tr 4) at UA = UN, IA = 20 mA (ohmic load) 15 s
15 s
Sustained temperature in the sensor and transition region 40...+150 C
30...+130 C 5)
Sustained temperature in the plug area
40...+130 C
30...+120 C 6)
1) At ambient temperature 23 5 C.
2) Maximum supply voltage for 1 hour: 16.5 V
3) Time from HIGH to LOW, measured between the connections (0) and () from 90% to 10%
4) Time from LOW to HIGH, measured between the connections (0) and () from 10% to 90%
5) Short-time 40...+150 C permissible.
6) Short-time 40...+130 C permissible.
Accessories for connector
Plug housing
Contact pins
Individual gaskets
For cable cross section
1 928 403 110
1 987 280 103
1 987 280 106
0.5...1 mm2
1 987 280 105
1 987 280 107
1.5...2.5 mm2
Note: For a 3-pin plug, 1 plug housing, 3 contact pins, and 3 individual gaskets are required.
For automotive applications, original AMP crimping tools must be used.

Installation information
Standard installation conditions
guarantee full sensor functioning.
Route the connecting cables in parallel in
order to prevent incoming interference.
Protect the sensor against destruction by
static discharge (CMOS components).
The information on the right of this page
must be observed in the design of the
trigger wheel.
Symbol explanation
nmin = 0: Static operation possible.
nmin > 0: Only dynamic operation possible.
US: Max. output voltage at LOW with
IA: Output current = 20 mA.
IV: Supply current for the Hall sensor.
tf: Fall time (trailing signal edge).
tr: Rise time (leading signal edge).

Trigger-wheel design
0 232 103 021
The trigger wheel must be designed as a
2-track wheel. The phase sensor must be
installed dead center. Permissible center
offset: 0.5 mm.
Segment shape:
Mean diameter
45 mm
Segment width
5 mm
Segment length
10 mm
Segment height
3.5 mm
0 232 103 022
The trigger wheel is scanned radially.
Segment shape:
Diameter
30 mm
Tooth depth
4.5 mm
Tooth width
10 mm
Material thickness
3.5 mm

22223_1021En_014-015

12.07.2001

9:57 Uhr

Seite 15

Rotational-speed sensors

Dimension drawings.
S
3-pin plug-in connection
Sez Sensor area
Stz Plug area

Tz
O

Installation stipulation 0 232 103 022.


Dr Direction of rotation
Ls Air gap
S
Sharp-edged
Zh Tooth height

Temperature area
O-ring

0 232 103 021

15

0 232 103 022


25 0,4

36,8

21
12

Stz
25
15,4
Sez
24 0,2
1,5 0,2

Tz
49 0,2
6,5
12 0,5

Sez
20 0,2

Ls

21
2

Stz
25

33
47,3

Tz

1,5

22 0,4

Z1

24

4,5

+0,5

L1
Dr

15 - 0,2
17,98 - 0,24
18,7 0,26

17,98 - 0,24
R8

2
0,

24 10

Test wheel

4,

,05

11,5 0,3

7,5

-0

R1

0,2

24,4 0,3
15 0,3

19

45

R2

7,1

19
S

UV UA

UV UA

8 +0,1

10 H8 (+0,022)
45 - 0,1

Output-signal shape.
UA, O Output voltage
UA, SAT Output saturation voltage

Angle of rotation
S
Signal width

Block diagram.

Z3

L3

0 232 103 021


A IV

RL

L1

UA,O
UA,Sat

L2

L3

Z2

Z3

Z2
S2

L4

S
Z1

L2
Dr

Installation stipulation 0 232 103 021.


Dr Direction of rotation

Z4

L1

Z4

90
A

S1

270

OSCI

360

IA

HIGH

UA,Sat

LOW

2
R2

R3
-0,
5
L3

Z2
L1

,5

66

L4

,1

,5

,1

Z4

66

L2

-0
R3

Z1
24

24

24

UA,O

2,5

66
Z3

R3

0,

U0 V

7,5

0 232 103 022

HallSensor

180

Test wheel

R2

66

GND

L4

24

UV V

Z1

180

90

UV

22223_1021En_016-017

16

12.07.2001

9:55 Uhr

Seite 16

Acceleration sensors

Acceleration sensor
Measurement of acceleration up to 5 g
a
U
P Ratiometric output signal.
P Temperature-compensated.
P Low pyroelectric sensitivity.
P Hermetically sealed housing.
P High-level EMC.
P Overvoltage protection.
P Short-circuit proof.
P Protected against reverse
polarity.

Design and function


The sensor element comprises a bending
element consisting of two anti-parallel
polarized piezoelectric layers. If acceleration forces are applied to this bending
element, mechanical tension is caused
which in turn results in a charge of electricity at the bending-element surfaces. This
charge is evaluated by a hybrid circuit.
The sensor can measure in the horizontal
and in the vertical measurement directions
when mounted appropriately, whereby the
measurement direction is usually vertical to
the clamping surface.
An output signal UA > U0 is generated for
vertical upwards acceleration of the clamping surface, whereas the corresponding
downward acceleration generates a signal
UA < U0. The output voltage UA has a
cosine relationship to the angle between
the sensor measurement direction and the
direction of acceleration. Taking an angle
of 15, this produces a (calculated) signal
reduction of 3.4%.

Accessories
Connector

1 237 000 039

UAR Open-circuit output voltage


UA = U0 UD

Characteristic curve.

Output-voltage excursion for measuring range


UD = 2 V
Output voltage UA
For acceleration > +5 g
4.5 V
For acceleration < 5 g
0.5 V

4,5 V

Output voltage UA

Applications
In automotive engineering, this sensor
is used to rule out the chance of faulse
diagnosis in the engine electronics.
It registers the vehicle accelerations which
are the direct result of fluctuations in
crankshaft speed. In order to ascertain
whether these crankshaft-speed fluctuations result from ignition misfire or a poor
road surface, the latest engine-management systems also register the ignition
misfires of the individual cylinders.

UAR

2,5 V

0,5 V
-5g

0
Acceleration a

+5g

Technical Data / Range


Part number
Measuring range
Limit of operating load
Sustained operation in the sensors dynamic
core-frequency range without damage
Overload protection
Peak amplitude: 20 times without damage
Lateral sensitivity
Nominal sensitivity at f = 15.8 Hz
Operating temperature range
Storage-temperature range
Service life (ageing)
In operating temperature range
40...+105 C
Weight
Electrical specifications for Uv = 5 V 3 %
Input current Iv
Output-voltage zero point Uo
Sensitivity
Dynamic output resistance RAO in the range 0...100 Hz
Load resistance RL (pullup above +5 V)
Load capacity CL
Lower critical frequency fu (3 dB)
Upper critical frequency fo (3 dB)

0 273 101 021


5 g

10 g
100 g
< 10 %
2V/5g
40...+105 C
40...+95 C

4000 h
75 g

< 20 mA
Uv / 2 = 2.5 V 100 mV
400 mV / g 12 %
< 300
> 7.5 k
< 15 nF
0 Hz < fu < 5 Hz
50 Hz < fo < 100 Hz

22223_1021En_016-017

12.07.2001

9:55 Uhr

Seite 17

Acceleration sensors

Dimension drawings.
M Direction of
measurement.

Installation instructions
The sensor must be securely screwed to
the base. We recommend two M6 screws
with collar or washer. Screw tightening
torque: 2.5 N m.

11

36

Explanation of symbols
UA Output voltage
U0 Output-voltage zero point
(ratiometric to UV)
UD Dynamic portion of the output signal
UV Supply voltage
g
Acceleration due to gravity
= 9.81 m s2

65
53 0,2
37

Pin assignment
Pin 1 +5 V (UV)
Pin 2 Ground
Pin 3 OUT

6,6 0,2
55

Sensor principle.
a Without effect of acceleration
b With effect of acceleration
1 Piezo-ceramic bending element
measuring beam
2 Opposed-polarity layers

Pin assignment.

Pin 3
a

a=0
2

1
b

Block diagram.
P Piezo-ceramic element

17

Pin 2

Pin 1

22223_1021En_018-019

18

12.07.2001

9:53 Uhr

Seite 18

Acceleration sensors

Piezoelectric acceleration sensors


Measurement of acceleration up to 35 g
a
U
P Acceleration measurement
using piezoelectric bending
elements (bimorphous
strips).
P Micromechanical acceleration sensor (please enquire).
P Low temperaturedependence.
P High sensitivity.
P Wide measuring range.

Range
Dual-channel sensor
With two identical, but independent,
piezo-ceramic bending strips. These are
connected so that the output voltages of
each channel are phase-opposed.
Suitable for pcb mounting.
0 273 101 141
With two sensing directions offset to each
other by 90. Suitable for pcb mounting.
0 273 101 150
With one sensing direction only. In this
direction, acceleration leads to a 180
phase shift of channel A, whereas the
channel B phase shift is 0.
Suitable for pcb mounting.
0 273 101 131
Applications
Used in automotive occupant-protection
systems for triggering the airbag, the seatbelt tightener, the roll-over bar, or the seatbelt locking systems. Used for instance as
the impact sensor for monitoring impact
loads during transportation. Since the
lower frequency limit is 0.9 Hz, this sensor
can only be used to register acceleration
changes.
Design and function
The heart of this acceleration sensor is a
piezo-ceramic strip of polycrystalline
sintered material. When electrically polarized, this material displays a piezoelectrical
effect: That is, when pressure is applied,
the mechanical loading results in charge
separation, or a voltage which can then be
picked-off by electrodes.
The piezo bending element comprises a
bonded structure containing two inversely
polarized piezo strips, the so-called bimorphous strips. These have electrodes,
and are bonded to a center electrode. This
configuration has the advantage that the
pyroelectrical signals caused by temperature fluctuations compensate each other.

Technical data / Range


Part number
Block diagram
Measuring range
at UV = 5 V
Frequency range (3dB)
Supply voltage UV
Supply current IV
Open-circuit voltage
at zero acceleration
Calibrated sensitivity at room
temperature
Calibrated sensitivity at
operating temperature
Operating-temperature range

0 273 101 141


X
min. typ.
max.

0 273 101 150

min. typ.
max.

0 273 101 131

min. typ.
max.

Hz
V
mA

35
0.9
4.75

5.00

+35
250
5.25
12

35
0.9
4.0

35
0.9
4.0

mV

45

+45

mV g1 57.5

60

62.5

57.5

60

62.5

57.5

60

62.5

%
C

4
+95

45

+95

45

+95

g 1)

45

Electrical output
Current-carrying capacity
mA
0.9

Capacitive loadability
pF
1200

Pin assignment
Pin 1
UV = +5 V
Pin 2
Output B
Pin 3
UV = +5 V
Pin 4
Test input
Pin 5
Ground
Pin 6
Output A
Pin 7
Housing, ground
1) Acceleration due to gravity g = 9.81 m s2.

When subjected to acceleration, the piezoceramic bends by as much as 107 m.


For signal processing, the sensor is provided with a hybrid circuit which is comprised of an impedance converter, a filter,
and an amplifier. These serve to define the
sensitivity and effective frequency range.
The filter removes the HF signal components.
The lower frequency limit of 0.6 Hz is
defined by the piezo element itself. Using a
supplementary test input, the sensors
electronic functions can be monitored as
well as piezo-strip integrity.

5.0

+35
340
5.25
15

UV /2 60 mV

5.0

+35
340
5.25
15

UV /2 60 mV

Output B

Output B

UV = +5 V

UV = +5 V

Data
Test input
Output A
Housing, ground

Data
Test input
Output A
Housing, ground

Test signal
A fully operational sensor generates a
positive output pulse when +5V are briefly
applied across its test input. If there is an
open-circuit in the signal path, this output pulse will be missing, and if the
bimorphous strip is broken the signal will
exceed +5V.
For the versions with two bimorphous
strips, the output pulse must appear at
each output.

22223_1021En_018-019

12.07.2001

9:53 Uhr

Seite 19

Acceleration sensors

19

Block diagram of dual-channel sensor.

Dimension drawings.

0 273 101 141

3,81

13,6

30

2,8
0,05
4,35+- 0,15

43,82 0,2

0,7
3,5+- 0,5

0,6- 0,1
4,1 0,2

0,65 + 0,1

20,85 0,3

R4

123456 7

2,54

4,9 0,2

++

++

15,24
4,4 0,2

0 273 101 131/150

18,8 ++ 0,2
0,1

1,4 0,4

8 0,3

0,7+ 0,2

0,2
20++ 0,1

3,8 0,4

1
2
3
4
5
6

1 0,4

1
2
3
4
5
6

Installation instructions
The acceleration sensors must be installed
so that the baseplate is either vertical
or horizontal referred to the direction of
acceleration or deceleration.
Installation position.
A, B, M Directions of measurement
Baseplate vertical referred to direction
of measurement.
0 273 101 141
Deceleration in direction of measurement
Channel A output voltage

UAA <

UV

,
2
Channel B output voltage

UAB >

UV
2

Baseplate parallel to direction


of measurement.
0 273 101 150
Acceleration in A direction
Channel A output voltage

UV

UAA >

.
2
Acceleration in B direction
Channel B output voltage

UAB >

UV
2

0 273 101 131


Acceleration in A direction
Channel A output voltage

UV

UAA <

,
2
Channel B output voltage

UAB >
.

UV
2

A
M

22223_1021En_020-021

20

12.07.2001

9:53 Uhr

Seite 20

Acceleration sensors

Surface-type micromechanical
acceleration sensors
Measurement of accelerations of 35 g or 50 g

a
U

P Complete measuring range


of 35 g or 50 g.
P Low number of external
components required.
P Integrated self-diagnosis.
P Integrated offset calibration.
P Integrated 2nd-order Bessel
filter.
P Ratiometric output signal.
P Standard SMD PLCC28
housing.
P Temperature range suitable
for commercial-vehicle applications.
Applications
This acceleration sensor is used in vehicles
as one of the components for the front airbag. Depending upon installation position in
the passenger compartment, it can be used
to measure longitudinal or transverse acceleration (referred to the vehicles direction of
travel).
Design and function
These acceleration sensors rely on a capacitive measuring principle.
Lateral sensing direction (in the component
level).
Acceleration causes the seismic mass to
deflect in the x-direction. This seismic mass
is suspended on wave-shaped bending
springs.
One electrode set is connected to the seismic mass (comb-like structure) and moves
along with the particular acceleration.
These movable electrodes are designed as
capacitor plates and are also provided with
immovable counter-electrodes which are
separated from each other by a narrow air
gap. The application of a capacitive differential circuit with two capacitors results in
a reduction of the non-linearity of the signal
evaluation. Overload stops are provided as
a protection against over-acceleration.
These prevent direct contact between the
electrodes (combs). Mechanical sensitivity
is defined by the geometrical shape of the
springs.
Changes in C1 and C2 are registered and
changed to a corresponding voltage by a
capacity/voltage converter.

Range
Acceleration 1)

Sensing axis

Sensor type

Order No.

35 g

X
SMB 050
0 273 101 138
X/Y
SMB 060
0 273 101 143
X/-X
SMB 065
0 273 101 144
50 g
X
SMB 052
0 273 101 155
X/Y
SMB 062
0 273 101 154
X/-X
SMB 067
0 273 101 157
1) Measuring range for full-load deflection is guaranteed after setting the offset to VDD/2.
Sensing direction.

U (X Out)
+a
VDD
X
VDD/2

Y
-a
+a

-a
GND

Design and function.


VDD
C/V converter

SC filter

Out X

Offset
adjust

X Axis

Off X

Oscillator
Offset
Adjust

Y axis

C/V converter

SC filter

Off Y

Out Y
Test

Sensor element

Evaluation ASIC

GND

22223_1021En_020-021

12.07.2001

9:53 Uhr

Seite 21

Acceleration sensors

Technical Data
Limit values
Parameter
Supply voltage UV
Storage temperature
Mechanical impact 1)
Not energized
Energized
ESD (each pin)
Temperature gradient
Operating conditions
Parameter
Supply voltage UV
Supply current IV
Single-channel unit
Two-channel unit
Operating temperature

Connector-pin assignment.

V
C
g
g
kV
K/min

V
mA
mA
C

min.
0.3
55

normal

max.
6
+105
2000
1000

1.5
20
min.
4.75

40

normal
5

max.
5.25

6
10

7
14
+85

Measuring and function characteristics


Parameter
min.
normal
max.
Sensitivity
mV/g
55
mV/g
38.5
Sensitivity tolerance 2)
%
5
9
Non-linearity of the sensitivity
%
0.8
2
Transverse-axis sensitivity 3)
%
5
Zero-acceleration output
VDD/2
Offset at zero acceleration
After offset adjustment
mV
150
Without offset adjustment
V
Vdd/4
Offset-adjustment time
s
1.65
Offset/Test-voltage input (X/Y)
Low
V
0.25 x VDD
High
V
0.75 x VDD
Self-test
35g g type at 5 V
mV
250
385
866
50g g type at 5 V
mV
200
336
610
Output-voltage range UA
IOut = 50 A
V
0.25
VDD 0.25
Output current IA
A
50
Capacitive output load
pF
1000
3 dB corner frequency
2nd order Bessel filter
Hz
320
400
480
Output noise 4)
10 to 1000 Hz
mg/Hz
2.5
4.5
1) The effects of excessive shock can permanently damage the unit.
Maloperation of the sensor due to mechanical impact, and excessive g figures, are
detected by on-chip self-test.
2) In percentage of nominal sensitivity, as a function of service life and temperature range.
3) Output signal resulting from acceleration in any axis vertical to the sensing axis.
4) Output noise with the offset adjustment out of operation. With offset adjustment in
operation, the output noise is approx. double the figure.

M marking pin 1
Pin
Order No. 1 273 101...
.. 138
.. 143
.. 155
.. 154
1-11
N.C. (*)
N.C. (*)
12
Offset X
Offset X
13
Out X
Out X
14
Test
Test
15
GND
GND
16
VDD
VDD
17
N.C.
Offset Y
18
N.C.
Out Y
19-28
N.C.
N.C.
* Pin has no bond connection

VDD
VDD
+ (Voff + S a)
2
5V

.. 144
.. 157
N.C. (*)
Offset X
Out X
Test
GND
VDD
Offset X
Out X
N.C.

28 27 26

25

24

23

7
SMB05x/SMB06x

22

(PLCC28)

21

10

20

11

19

12

13

14

15

16 17

18

Operating principle.
1 Horizontal sprung seismic mass with springs,
2 Spring, 3 Fixed electrodes with capacitance
C1, 4 Al conductor, 5 Bond pad,
6 Fixed electrodes with capacity C2, 7 Silicon
oxide, 8 Torsion spring, 9 Vertical sprung
seismic mass with electrodes. A Acceleration
in sensing direction, CM measuring capacity.
a~

C1 C2
C1 + C2
1

C2
4

Explanation of symbols
a
Acceleration (gn = 9.81 m/s2)
Vout
Output voltage
VDD
Supply voltage
Voff
Offset voltage
S
Sensitivity

C1

Vout =

21

Installation information
A deviation in the installation by 1 from
the horizontal results in a measuring error
of 0.02 g. The sensor is protected against
polarity reversal.

CM
6
8

C1

CM

C2

7
9

22223_1021En_022-023

22

12.07.2001

9:54 Uhr

Seite 22

Acceleration sensors

Piezoelectric vibration sensors


Measurement of structure-borne noise/acceleration
a
U
P Reliable detection of
structure-borne noise for
protecting machines and
engines.
P Piezo-ceramic with high
degree of measurement
sensitivity.
P Sturdy compact design.

Applications
Vibration sensors of this type are suitable for
the detection of structure-borne acoustic
oscillations as can occur for example in case
of irregular combustion in engines and on
machines. Thanks to their ruggedness,
these vibration sensors can be used even
under the most severe operating conditions.
Areas of application
Knock control for internal-combustion
engines
Protection of machine tools
Detection of cavitation
Monitoring of bearings
Theft-deterrent systems
Design and function
On account of its inertia, a mass exerts
compressive forces on a ring-shaped
piezo-ceramic element in time with the
oscillation which generates the excitation.
Within the ceramic element, these forces
result in charge transfer within the ceramic
and a voltage is generated between the
top and bottom of the ceramic element.
This voltage is picked-off using contact
discs in many cases it is filtered and integrated and made available as a measuring signal. In order to route the vibration
directly into the sensor, vibration sensors
are securely bolted to the object on which
measurements take place.
Measurement sensitivity
Every vibration sensor has its own individual
response characteristic which is closely
linked to its measurement sensitivity. The
measurement sensitivity is defined as the
output voltage per unit of acceleration due
to gravity (see characteristic curve). The
production-related sensitivity scatter is
acceptable for applications where the primary task is to record that vibration is
occurring, and not so much to measure its
severity.
The low voltages generated by the sensor
can be evaluated using a high-impedance
AC amplifier.

Technical data
Frequency range
Measuring range
Sensitivity at 5 kHz
Linearity between 5...15 kHz
at resonances
Dominant resonant frequency
Self-impedance
Capacitance range
Temperature dependence
of the sensitivity
Operating-temperature range:
Type 0 261 231 118
Type 0 261 231 148
Type 0 261 231 153
Permissible oscillations Sustained
Short-term

1...20 kHz
0.1...400 g 1)
26 8 mV/g
+20/10 % of 5 kHz-value (15...41 mV/g)
> 25 kHz
> 1 M
800...1400 pF
0.06 mV/(g C)
40...+150 C
40...+150 C
40...+130 C
80 g
400 g

Installation
Fastening screw

Grey cast iron


M 8 x 25; quality 8.8
Aluminum
M 8 x 30; quality 8.8
Tightening torque (oiled permitted)
20 5 N m
Mounting position
Arbitrary
1) Acceleration due to gravity g = 9.81 m s2.
Resistant to saline fog and industrial climate.

Range
Vibration sensor
2-pole without cable
2-pole, with cable, length 480 mm, up to +130 C
3-pole, with cable, length 410 mm, up to +150 C

0 261 231 148


0 261 231 153
0 261 231 118

Accessories
Sensor

Plug housing

Contact pins

Individual gasket For cable


cross section
0 261 231 148 1 928 403 137 1 987 280 103 1 987 280 106 0.5...1.0 mm2
1 987 280 105 1 987 280 107 1.5...2.5 mm2
0 261 231 153 1 928 403 826 1 928 498 060 1 928 300 599 0.5...1.0 mm2
1 928 498 061 1 928 300 600 1.5...2.5 mm2
0 261 231 118 1 928 403 110 1 987 280 103 1 987 280 106 0.5...1.0 mm2
1 987 280 105 1 987 280 107 1.5...2.5 mm2
Note: A 3-pole plug requires 1 plug housing, 3 contact pins, and 3 individual gaskets.
In automotive applications, original AMP crimping tools must be used.

22223_1021En_022-023

12.07.2001

9:54 Uhr

Seite 23

Acceleration sensors

Vibration sensor (design).


1 Seismic mass with compressive forces F,
2 Housing, 3 Piezo-ceramic,
4 Screw, 5 Contact, 6 Electrical connection,
7 Machine block, V Vibration.

Response characteristic as a function


of frequency.

Mounting hole.

mV. g-1
0,05
0,05 A

30
2

22
RZ16

20

10
V
0
F

11,65

1,5

24

+0,3
- 0,1

13

8,4 0,15

27

22

52,2 2

11,65

+0,3
-0,1

Part
number

L
mm

.. 118

410 10

.. 153

430 10

Connector-pin assignments
Pin 1, 2 Measuring signal
Pin 3
Shield, dummy

20

28

13

Pin 2

8,4 0,2

Pin 1
L
41,1 1

18

0,2

32,1 1

20

8,4 0,2

27

13

Pin 2

Pin 1

Installation instructions
The sensors metal surfaces must make
direct contact. No washers of any type are
to be used when fastening the sensors.
The mounting-hole contact surface should
be of high quality to ensure low-resonance
sensor coupling at the measuring point.
The sensor cable is to be laid such that
there is no possibility of sympathetic
oscillations being generated. The sensor
must not come into contact with liquids for
longer periods.

18

0,4
0,2

4,55

Pin 3

0 261 231 153

Explanation of symbols
E
Sensitivity
f
Frequency
g
Acceleration due to gravity

32 1
0,2

0 261 231 118

kHz

Evaluation
The sensors signals can be evaluated
using an electronic module.
This is described on Pages 26/27.

20

0 261 231 148

15

18

Dimension drawings.
a Contact surface.

10
Frequency f

M8

,,
,, ,,
,, ,,
,

Sensitivity E

23

22223_1021En_024-025

24

12.07.2001

9:58 Uhr

Seite 24

Vibration sensors

Piezoelectric vibration sensors


Signal-evaluation module
a
U
P Choice of 4 selectable
sensor inputs or 2 symmetrical
inputs.
P Programmable amplification.
P Programmable bandpass
filter.
P External calibration
unnecessary.
P Integral programmable
frequency divider.
P Analog stage with signal
test.
P Suitable for a wide variety of
microcomputers.
P PLCC28 housing.
Technical data / Range
Applications
Evaluation of the analog signals from piezoelectric sensors (vibration sensors).
Design and function
The analog signals are evaluated by a
circuit integrated in the module. The circuit
contains a programmable amplifier, a bandpass filter, a rectifier, an integrator, and
control logic circuitry. The use of SC
circuit engineering ensures that operation
remains insensitive to interference, and that
there is no necessity for external calibration. It is an easy matter to use this fully
programmable circuit for a variety of
applications.
The start and end of the integration are
controlled through the measuring window
input. For a variety of different pulse frequencies applied from outside (8 steps of
1...16 MHz), a frequency divider which is
programmed through 3 inputs, generates
the system clock for the analog stage, and
the test frequencies (9 mid-frequencies
from 5...16 kHz) depending upon the
setting of the filter. The internal pulse
frequency can be changed from nominal
100 kHz to values between 50 kHz and
150 kHz by changing the quartz frequency.
At the same time, a shift of the band-filter
mid-frequencies, the test frequencies, and
the integration time constants also takes
place.
Note
Due to its having MOS inputs, this module
is to be handled very carefully. It is not
to be touched directly and a MOS workstation is to be used. Operating-voltage
switch-on is only to take place with a
voltage gradient < 1 V s1.

Part number

UV
Supply voltage
IV
Supply current
Input voltage,
UKE
Analog
Input current,
IKE
Analog
V
Signal amplification
Signal amplification,
dV
Tolerance
fx
Clock frequency
fKE
Input-signal frequency
Bandpass-filter mid-frequency fM
Q
Filter quality
dQ
Filter quality, tolerance
Integrator voltage excursion,
dVKU
effective
Integrator offset
Integrator time constant
Integrator output impedance
Operating temperature

tI
ZKL

V
mA

Condition

UV/2

0 272 230 424


min.
max.
4.75
5.25

30

UKE = 2 V

10
128

3
0,5

5
3
0.5

+3
27
30
16

+0.3

3.8

+4.5

300
400
148

40

+300
+400
152
2
+125

%
MHz
kHz
kHz

tMF = 10 ms
mV
mV
s
k
C

> 0 C
0 C

min.
0.5

typ.

max.
6.7

mA

2.5

+2.5

kV
C

2
55

2
+135

40

+125

Limit values
Max. supply voltage
Max. rate of rise of
the supply voltage
Max. current in all inputs
and outputs
Protection of the inputs and
outputs against destruction
due to electrostatic charge
Storage temperature
Ambient temperature
during operation

22223_1021En_024-025

12.07.2001

9:58 Uhr

Seite 25

Vibration sensors

Dimension drawings.
M Marking for pin 1

1,27 0,06

TP0
TP2
MF
KTI/ADT TP1
KI
UREF
1 28 27 26
25

T1

24

T0

BF3

23

T2

BF2

22

UV

G0

21

X1

G2

10

20

n.c.

G1

19
11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18

VSS

BF1

BF0

11,4 0,2

CC195

KSA1 KE2
KE4
KSA3
KSA2 KE1
KE3

12,56 0,2

1,86 0,06

0,5 min.

1,14

0,02

3,81 0,05

10,7 0,35
0,5 0,05

1,14

0,02

Design and function.


F Frequency divider, G Rectifier, L Filter, I Integrator, O Oscillator, P Multiplexer, R Reference signals,
S Sensor inputs, T Test-pulse divider, V Amplifier, OUT Output.
R

N
1

T
M
1

1
.
.
4

OUT

Application circuit (Example).


K Signal-integral output, P From microcomputer port driver, S Sensors, T Quartz clock,
C1/C2 Capacitors as near as possible to housing pins.
4
C0

R0

BF0-3 KSA G0-2


1-3
KE1

MF
T0-2

KE2
KE3

UV

KE4
V SS

R0

U REF X1
Clock input
C1

10nF

5V
C2
4,7nF

25

Connector-pin assignment.
UREF Reference voltage
UV/2 (Output loadable with 0.5 mA)
UV Supply voltage 5 V
VSS Ground
BF0/BF1/BF2/BF3*) Setting of the bandpass
mid-frequency
G0/G1/G2*) Setting of the amplification factor
KE1/2/3/4 Sensor inputs
KI Signal-integral output
KSA1/2/3*) Sensor selection
KTI/ADT Controlled input/test output
MF*) Measuring window
N.C. Not connected
T0/T1/T2 Clock-frequency selection
TP0/TP1/TP2 For test purposes
X1 Clock input
*) TTL-compatible inputs from the
microcomputer port driver

22223_1021En_026-027

26

12.07.2001

9:58 Uhr

Seite 26

Pressure sensors

Micromechanical differential-pressure sensors


Hybrid design
Measurement of pressure in gases from 100 kPa to 5 kPa

p
U

P High accuracy.
P EMC protection better than
100 V m1.
P Temperature-compensated.

Applications
On internal-combustion engines, this
sensor is used to measure the differential
pressure between the intake-manifold pressure of the drawn-in air and a reference
pressure which is inputted through a hose.
Design and function
The piezoresistive pressure-sensor element
and suitable electronic circuitry for signal
amplification and temperature compensation are mounted on a silicon chip. The
measured pressure is applied to the rear
side of the silicon diaphragm. The reference pressure is applied from above to
the diaphragms active surface. Thanks to a
special coating, both sides of the diaphragm are insensitive to the gases and
liquids which are present in the intake
manifold.
Installation information
The sensor is designed for mounting on a
horizontal surface of the vehicles intake
manifold. The pressure fitting extends into
the manifold and is sealed-off to atmosphere by an O-ring. Care must be taken,
by ensuring appropriate mounting, that
condensate does not form in the pressure
cell or in the reference opening. Generally
speaking, installation is to be such that
liquids cannot accumulate in either the
sensor or the pressure hose. Water in the
sensor leads to malfunctions when it
freezes.

Range
Pressure range kPa (p1...p2)
Order No.
80...5
B 261 260 314 1)
100...0
B 261 260 318 1)
1) Provisional draft number, order number available upon enquiry. Deliverable as from
about the end of 2001.

Technical data
Pressure-measuring range
Operating temperature
Supply voltage
Current consumption at UV = 5 V
Load current at output
Load resistance to UV or ground
Response time
Voltage limitation at UV = 5 V
Lower limit
Upper limit
Limit data
Supply voltage
Pressure
Storage temperature

pe
B
UV
IV
IL
Rpull-up
Rpull-down
t10/90

kPa
C
V
mA
mA
k
k
ms

min.
100
40
4.5
6.0
1.0
5
50.0

typ.

5.0
9.0

680
100
1.0

max.
0
+130
5.5
12.5
0.1

UA min
UA max

V
V

0.25
4.75

0.3
4.8

0.35
4.85

UV max
pe
L

V
kPa
C

500
40

+16
+500
+130

Accessories
Plug housing
Contact pins
Individual gaskets

Qty. required: 1
Qty. required: 3
Qty. required: 3

1 928 403 966


1 928 498 060
1 928 300 599

22223_1021En_026-027

12.07.2001

9:58 Uhr

Seite 27

Pressure sensors

Characteristic curve.

Characteristic-curve tolerance.

27

Tolerance-extension factor.

2.5

in V

4.5
2

p1

Factor

Tolerance

Output voltage

UA

1.5

p2

1.5
1

-1.5
0.5

0.5
0

p1
Pressure

p2

0
-50 -40

kPa
Absolute pressure p

Section drawing (overall system).


1 Sensor cell, 2 Measured pressure, 3 Reference pressure

10

85

130 C

Temperature

Dimension drawings.
Pin assignment
Pin 1 +5 V
Pin 2 Ground
Pin 3 Output signal
75

13

15

19

12

2
A
1 2

Signal evaluation: Recommendation.


D Pressure signal, R Reference
UH

5.5 to 16 V

US

ADC

680 k

VCC

22 k

OUT

D
10 nF

100 nF

U
10 nF

GND

Pressure sensor

5V

ECU

12

23

Signal evaluation: Recommendation


The pressure sensors electrical output is
so designed that malfunctions caused by
cable open-circuits or short circuits can
be detected by a suitable circuit in the
following electronic circuitry. The diagnosis
areas situated outside the characteristiccurve limits are provided for fault diagnosis.
The circuit diagram shows an example for
detection of all malfunctions via signal outside the characteristic-curve limitation.

22223_1021En_028-029

28

12.07.2001

9:59 Uhr

Seite 28

Pressure sensors

Differential-pressure sensors
Measurement of pressures in gases and liquid mediums from 2.5 kPa to +3.75 kPa
p
U
P Resistant to the monitored
medium.
P Piezoresistive sensor
element.
P Integrated protection against
humidity.

Application
In automotive applications, this type of
pressure sensor is used for measuring fueltank pressure. In the process, a differential
pressure is established referred to the
ambient pressure.
Design and function
A micromechanical pressure element with
diaphragm and connector fitting is the most
important component in this differentialpressure sensor.
The diaphragm is resistant to the effects of
the monitored medium. The measurement
is carried out by routing the monitored
medium through the pressure connector
and applying the prevailing pressure to the
piezoresistive sensor element. This sensor
element is integrated on a silicon chip
together with electronic circuitry for signal
amplification and temperature compensation. The silicon chip is surrounded by a
TO-type housing which forms the inner
sensor cell. The surrounding pressure is
applied to the active surface through an
opening in the cap and a reference fitting.
The active surface is protected against
moisture by Silicagel. The pressure sensor
generates an analog signal which is ratiometric referred to the supply voltage.
Installation instructions
The sensor is designed for horizontal
mounting on a horizontal surface.
In case of non-horizontal mounting, each
case must be considered individually.
Generally speaking, installation is to be
such that liquids cannot accumulate in the
sensor or in the pressure hose. Water in
the sensor leads to malfunctions when it
freezes.

Range
Pressure range
kPa (p1...p2)
2.50...2.50
2.50...2.50
3.75...1.25

Characteristics

Dimension
drawing

Part No.

with protective cover

1
2
1

0 261 230 015


0 261 230 026
B 261 260 317 1)

Technical data
pe
B
UV
IV
IL
RL
t10/90

kPa
C
V
mA
mA
k
ms

min
2.5
40
4.75

0.1
50

typ

5.0
9.0

0.2

max
+2.5
+80
5.25
12.5
+0.1

UA min
UA max

V
V

0.25
4.75

0.3
4.8

0.35
4.85

Recommendation for signal evaluation


Load resistance to UH = 5.5...16 V

RL.H

680

Limit data
Supply voltage (1 min)
Pressure measurement
Storage temperature

UVmax
Pe, max
L

V
KPa
C

30
40

16
+30
+80

Pressure-measuring range
Operating temperature
Supply voltage UV
Input current at UV = 5 V
Load current at output
Load resistance to ground or UV
Response time
Voltage limitation at UV = 5 V
Lower limit
Upper limit

Accessories
Plug housing
Qty. required: 1
AMP-Nummer 1 928 403 110
Contact pins
Qty. required: 3 3)
AMP-Nummer 929 939-3 2)
Contact pins
Qty. required: 3 4)
AMP-Nummer 2-929 939-1 2)
Individual gaskets
Qty. required: 3
AMP-Nummer 828 904 2)
1) Provisional draft number, Order No. available upon request. Available as from the end
of 2001.
2) To be obtained from AMP Deutschland GmbH, Amperestr. 711, D-63225 Langen,
Tel. 0 61 03/7 09-0, Fax 0 61 03/7 09 12 23, E-Mail: AMP.Kontakt@tycoelectronics.com
3) Contacts for 0 261 230 026
4) Contacts for 0 261 230 015, B 261 260 317

22223_1021En_028-029

12.07.2001

9:59 Uhr

Seite 29

29

Pressure sensors

Characteristic-curve.

Characteristic-curve tolerance.

Temperature-error multiplier.
D After endurance test
N In as-new state
3.0

5
4.5

2.5
2.0
0

p1

Factor k

Tolerance [% FS]

Output voltage UA in V

p2

1.5

1.0
-8
0.5

0.5
0

p1

0
-50 -40

p2

Differential pressure pe

Differential pressure pe

0
Temperature

80 C

2
0 261 230 026

Dimension drawings.
S 3-pole plug
10

56
S
2

7,35 0,1

21,5

12 0,5

18,5

3 0,2

0,25

27

12,3

5,1 0,1

56

1
0 261 230 015
B 261 260 317

11,85 0,1
8
11,8 - 0,2

27

23,6

6 0,1

20,5

Sectional drawing of pressure sensor


(overall system).
1 Sensor cell, 2 Applied pressure,
3 Reference pressure.

Sectional drawing of sensor cell.


1 Silicagel, 2 Applied pressure, 3 Reference
pressure, 4 Sensor chip, 5 Glass base.

4
1

Connector-pin assignment
Pin 1 +5 V (UV)
Pin 2 Ground
Pin 3 Output signal

1
5

2
0

10

20 mm

Explanation of symbols
Differential pressure
pe
Output voltage (signal voltage)
UA
Supply voltage
UV
k
Tolerance multiplier
D
Following endurance test
N
As-new state

22223_1021En_030-031

30

12.07.2001

10:00 Uhr

Seite 30

Pressure sensors

Absolute-pressure sensor
for measuring atmospheric pressure
Measurement of temperatures from 60 kPa to 115 kPa

p
U

P SMD assembly.
P Low-profile micromechanics.
P Temperature-compensation.
P Integral signal amplification.

Design and function


This sensor comprises a temperaturecompensated measuring element for determining the barometric absolute pressure.
In this monolithic integrated silicon pressure sensor, the sensor element, and the
respective evaluation circuitry with calibration elements are all united on a single
silicon chip. The silicon chip is glued onto
a hybrid substrate to facilitate automatic
SMD assembly.

Characteristic curves.
pabs
kPa

UA
V
4.5

+4

3
2.5

+2

Explanation of symbols
UV Supply voltage
UA Output voltage (signal voltage)
k
Temperature-error multiplier
Temperature
pabs Absolute pressure
D Following endurance test
N Nominal status

UA

3.5
+3

Block diagram.
E sensitivity, O Offset, K Compensation circuit,
S Sensor bridge, V Amplifier.

2
D

1.5
+1

pabs
S

0.5

0
60

80
100
115 kPa
Absolute pressure pabs

2
E, K, O

1
-40

40

80

Temperature

125 C

22223_1021En_030-031

12.07.2001

10:00 Uhr

Seite 31

Pressure sensors

31

Technical data / Range


Part number
Pressure-measuring range
Operating temperature range
Supply voltage
Supply current at UV = 5 V

Load current at output


Signal voltage
Voltage limitation at UV = 5 V
Lower limit
Upper limit
Response time
Load capacity
Signal evaluation: Recommendation
Load resistance to UV or ground
Limit data
Supply voltage, 1 min
Pressure
Storage temperature

0 273 300 030


min.
typ.
60

40

4.75
5.0
6.0
9.0
1.0

2.37

pabs
B
UV
IV
IL
UA

kPa
C
V
mA
mA
V

UA min
UA max
t10/90
CL

V
V
ms
nF

0.25
4.75

0.3
4.8

Rpull-up k
Rpull-down k

5
10.0

680
100

40

V
kPa
C

UV max
pmax
L

Dimension drawings.
M Pin marking

1,33

1,65

4,15
3,5

9,4

M
7,4 -0,1

0,75

3,2

3,2

12,7 0,2
3,55

0,69

Pin 1

Pin 2

Pin 3

3
1 3,6

10,06 0,2

3,6

0,4

5,6

1 1
4,35 0,2

6,35 0,2
8,35 0,2

max.
115
+125
5.25
12.5
0.5
4.54
0.35
4.85
1
12

16
160
130
Connector-pin assignment
For operation, only the following pins are
needed:
Pin 1 OUT output signal
Pin 2 GND (ground)
Pin 3 UV supply voltage

22223_1021En_032-033

32

12.07.2001

10:02 Uhr

Seite 32

Pressure sensors

Piezoresistive absolute-pressure sensors


in thick-film technology
Measurement of pressures in gases up to 250 kPa

p
U

P Thick-film pressuremeasuring element ensures a


high degree of measurement
sensitivity.
P Thick-film sensor element
and IC on the same substrate
guarantee problem-free signal
transmission.
P Integrated evaluation circuit
for signal amplification, temperature compensation, and
characteristic-curve adjustment
P Sensor enclosed by robust
housing.
Design and function
The heart of this sensor is the sensor
bubble (pressure-measuring element) produced using 100% thick-film techniques.
It is hermetically sealed on a ceramic substrate and contains a given volume of air at
a reference pressure of approx. 20 kPa.
Piezo-resistive thick-film strain gauges are
printed onto the bubble and protected with
glass against aggressive media. The strain
gauges are characterized by high measurement sensitivity (gauge factor approx. 12),
as well as by linear and hysteresis-free
behavior. When pressure is applied, they
convert mechanical strain into an electric
signal. A full-wave bridge circuit provides a
measurement signal which is proportional
to the applied pressure, and this is amplified by a hybrid circuit on the same substrate. It is therefore impossible for interference to have any effect through the
leads to the ECU. DC amplification and
individual temperature compensation in
the 40 C...+125 C range, produce an
analog, ratiometric (i.e. proportional to the
supply voltage UV) output voltage UA. The
pressure sensors are resistant to gauge
pressures up to 600 kPa.
Outside the temperature range
10 C...85 C the permissible tolerance
increases by the tolerance multiplier. To
protect the sensors, the stipulated maximum values for supply voltage, operatingtemperature, and maximum pressure are
not to be exceeded.
Explanation of symbols
UV Supply voltage
UA Output voltage
p Permissible accuracy in the range
10 C...85 C
k
Tolerance multiplier

Temperature
pabs Absolute pressure

Characteristic curves 1 (UV = 5 V).

Characteristic curves 2 (UV = 5 V).

pabs
UA = UV 0,01
0,12
kPa

UA = UV

+0,0061)
( 0,85
230 kPa

p UA
kPa V
_ 2.0 5
+

p UA
kPa V
_
+ 2.0 5

_ 1.5
+

_ 1.0
+

_
+ 1.0
2

_
+ 1.5

p
3

_ 0.5
+

abs

UA
_
+ 0.5

1
0

20

40

60

80 100

UA

1
0
0

kPa

100

200 kPa

Absolute pressure pabs

Absolute pressure pabs


k

0
-40

40
80
Temperature

120 C

0
-40

40
80
Temperature

120 C

Technical data / Range


Part number
Characteristic curve
Measuring range
Max. pressure (1 s, 30 C)
Pressure-change time
Supply voltage UV
Max. supply voltage
Input current IV
Load impedance RL
Operating temperature range
Degree of protection

kPa
kPa
ms
V
V
mA
k
C

Accessories
Connector

1 237 000 039

0 261 230 004


1
20105
600
10
4.755.25
16
< 10
> 50
40+125
IP 54 A

0 281 002 119


2
20250
500
10
4.755.25
16
< 10
> 50
40+120

22223_1021En_032-033

12.07.2001

10:02 Uhr

Seite 33

Pressure sensors

Block diagram.
A Strain-gauge pressure-measuring cell,
B Amplifier,
C Temperature-compensation circuit

Design.
1 Strain-gauge pressure-measuring cell,
2 Plastic housing, 3 Thick-film hybrid
(sensor and evaluation circuit), 4 Operational
amplifier, 5 Housing cover, 6 Thick-film sensor
element (sensor bubble), 7 Aluminum base
plate.
UV

UA

Dimension drawings.

6.5

6.9

Point attachment.
The housing must not make contact
outside this contact area.
Torsion resistance must be provided.

Pin 2

Pin 1
38.9
13.6
23.3

16
10.5

0.50.2

Pin 3

Installation instructions
A hose forms the connection between
the sensor and the gas pressure to be
measured. Upon installation, the sensor
pressure connection should point downwards to prevent the ingress of moisture.
The angular position referred to the vertical
must be +20...85, preferably 0.
Suggested fastening:
M6 screw with spring washer.
Connector-pin assignment
Terminal 1 +UV
Terminal 2 Ground
Terminal 3 UA

Groove 1.2 deep

5.5

Blind hole 4 deep

33

22223_1021En_034-037

34

12.07.2001

10:17 Uhr

Seite 34

Pressure sensors

Absolute-pressure sensors
in micromechanical hybrid design
Measurement of pressures in gases up to 400 kPa

p
U

P High accuracy.
P EMC protection better than
100 V m1.
P Temperature-compensated.
P Version with additional
integral temperature sensor.

Applications
This sensor is used to measure the
absolute intake-manifold pressure. On the
version with integral temperature sensor,
the temperature of the drawn-in air flow is
also measured.
Design and function
The piezoresistive pressure-sensor element
and suitable electronic circuitry for signalamplification and temperature compensation are mounted on a silicon chip. The
measured pressure is applied from above
to the diaphragms active surface. A
reference vacuum is enclosed between the
rear side and the glass base. Thanks to a
special coating, both pressure sensor and
temperature sensor are insensitive to the
gases and liquids which are present in the
intake manifold.
Installation information
The sensor is designed for mounting on a
horizontal surface of the vehicles intake
manifold. The pressure fitting together with
the temperature sensor extend into the
manifold and are sealed-off to atmosphere
by O-rings. By correct mounting in the
vehicle (pressure-monitoring point on the
top at the intake manifold, pressure fitting
pointing downwards etc.) it is to be ensured that condensate does not collect in
the pressure cell.

Range
Pressure
Character- Features
Dimension Order No.
range
istic
drawing 2)
kPa (p1...p2) curve1)
10...115
1
1
B 261 260 136 3)
10...115
1
2
0 261 230 052
20...250
1
1
0 281 002 487
10...115
1
Integral temperature sensor 3
0 261 230 030
20...250
1
Integral temperature sensor 3
0 261 230 042
20...300
1
Integral temperature sensor 3
0 281 002 437
50...350
2
Integral temperature sensor 3
0 281 002 456
50...400
2
Integral temperature sensor 3
B 261 260 508 3)
1) The characteristic-curve tolerance and the tolerance expansion factor apply for all
versions, see Page 36
2) See Page 37
3) Provisional draft number, order number available upon enquiry. Available as from about
the end of 2001

Accessories
Plug housing
Qty. required: 1 4)
1 928 403 966
Plug housing
Qty. required: 1 5)
1 928 403 736
Contact pin
Qty. required: 3 or 4 6)
1 928 498 060
Individual gasket
Qty. required: 3 or 4 6)
1 928 300 599
4) Plug housing for sensors without integral temperature sensor
5) Plug housing for sensors with integral temperature sensor
6) Sensors without temperature sensor each need 3 contacts and gaskets. Sensors with
integral temperature sensor each need 4 contacts and gaskets

22223_1021En_034-037

12.07.2001

10:17 Uhr

Seite 35

Pressure sensors

35

Technical data
Operating temperature
Supply voltage
Current consumption at UV = 5 V
Load current at output
Load resistance to UV or ground
Response time
Voltage limitation at UV = 5 V
Lower limit
Upper limit
Limit data
Supply voltage
Storage temperature

B
UV
IV
IL
Rpull-up
Rpull-down
t10/90

C
V
mA
mA
k
k
ms

min.
40
4.5
6.0
1.0
5
10.0

typ.

5.0
9.0

680
100
1.0

max.
+130
5.5
12.5
0.5

UA min
UA max

V
V

0.25
4.75

0.3
4.8

0.35
4.85

UV max
L

V
C

40

+16
+130

C
mA
k
s

40

2.55%

+130
11)

10 2)

Temperature sensor
Measuring range
M
Measured current
IM
Nominal resistance at +20 C
Thermal time constant
t63
1) Operation at 5 V with 1 k series resistor
2) In air with a flow rate of 6 m s1

Sectional view.
Section through the sensor cell

Section through the sensor cell.


1 Protective gel, 2 Pressure, 3 Sensor
chip, 4 Bonded connection, 5 Ceramic
substrate, 6 Glass base.

Section through the DS-S2 pressure sensor

4
5
1
3

Section through the pressure sensor.


1 Bonded connection, 2 Cover, 3 Sensor
chip, 4 Ceramic substrate, 5 Housing with
pressure-sensor fitting, 6 Gasket, 7 NTC
element.

6
4
7
5

Signal evaluation: Recommendation.


R Reference
D Pressure signal
T Temperature signal
UH

5,5 bis 16 V

US

ADC

680 k
OUT

68 k

D
T
VCC

1,5 nF

33 nF

U
NTC

NTC

GND

Pressure sensor

5V

1,5 nF

1,5 nF

2,61 k
10 k

38,3 k

ECU

33 nF

Signal evaluation: Recommendation.


The pressure sensors electrical output is
so designed that malfunctions caused by
cable open-circuits or short circuits can be
detected by a suitable circuit in the
following electronic circuitry. The diagnosis
areas situated outside the characteristiccurve limits are provided for fault diagnosis.
The circuit diagram shows an example for
detection of all malfunctions via signal
outside the characteristic-curve limitation.

22223_1021En_034-037

36

12.07.2001

10:17 Uhr

Seite 36

Pressure sensors

Absolute-pressure sensors in micromechanical hybrid design (contd.)


Measurement of pressures in gases up to 400 kPa

Characteristic curve 1 (UV = 5.0 V).

Characteristic-curve tolerance.

Temperature-sensor characteristic curve.

105

5
4,65
Tolerance (% FS)

Output voltage UA

3
2

0
p1

p2

Resistance R

1.5

104

R=f( )
103

- 1.5

1
0,40
0

102

P1

Pressure p

P2

kPa

40

Absolute pressure p

Characteristic curve (UV = 5.0 V).

V
5
1.5

1
Factor

Output voltage UA

4
3
2

0.5

1
0,50
0

P1

Pressure p

P2

kPa

-40

110 130 C

10
Temperature

40
80
Temperature

Explanation of symbols.
UA Output voltage
UV Supply voltage
k Tolerance multiplier
D After continuous operation
N As-new state

Tolerance-expansion factor.

4,50

120 C

22223_1021En_034-037

12.07.2001

10:17 Uhr

Seite 37

Pressure sensors

37

Dimensions drawings.

Connector-pin assignment
Pin 1 +5 V
Pin 2 Ground
Pin 3 Output signal

Connector-pin assignment
Pin 1 +5 V
Pin 2 Ground
Pin 3 Output signal

Connector-pin assignment
Pin 1 Ground
Pin 2 NTC resistor
Pin 3 +5 V
Pin 4 Output signal

12
12

22

15

20
13

13

15

19

33

60

12

56

C
48

38

23

72

A
3

22223_1021En_038-039

38

12.07.2001

10:01 Uhr

Seite 38

Pressure sensors

Piezoresistive absolute-pressure sensor


with moulded cable
Measurement of pressures in gases up to 400 kPa

p
U

P Pressure-measuring element
with silicon diaphragm ensures
extremely high accuracy and
long-term stability.
P Integrated evaluation circuit
for signal amplification and
characteristic-curve adjustment.
P Very robust construction.

Applications
This type of absolute-pressure sensor is
highly suitable for measuring the boost
pressure in the intake manifold of turbocharged diesel engines. They are needed
in such engine assemblies for boostpressure control and smoke limitation.
Design and function
The sensors are provided with a pressureconnection fitting with O-ring so that they
can be fitted directly at the measurement
point without the complication and costs of
installing special hoses. They are extremely
robust and insensitive to aggressive media
such as oils, fuels, brake fluids, saline fog,
and industrial climate.
In the measuring process, pressure is
applied to a silicon diaphragm to which are
attached piezoresistive resistors. Using
their integrated electronic circuitry, the
sensors provide an output signal the
voltage of which is proportional to the
applied pressure.
Installation information
The metal bushings at the fastening holes
are designed for tightening torques of
maximum 10 N m.
When installed, the pressure fitting must
point downwards. The pressure fittings
angle referred to the vertical must not
exceed 60.
Tolerances
In the basic temperature range, the maximum pressure-measuring error p (referred to the excursion: 400 kPa50 kPa =
350 kPa) is as follows:
Pressure range 70...360 kPa
As-new state
1.0 %
After endurance test 1.2 %
Pressure range < 70 and > 360 kPa (linear
increase)
As-new state
1.8 %
After endurance test 2.0 %

Technical data / Range


Part number
Measuring range
Basic measuring range with enhanced accuracy
Resistance to overpressure
Ambient temperature range/sustained temperature range
Basic range with enhanced accuracy
Limit-temperature range, short-time
Supply voltage UV
Current input IV
Polarity-reversal strength at IV 100 mA
Short-circuit strength, output
Permissible loading
Pull down
Response time t10/90
Vibration loading max.
Protection against water
Strong hose water at increased pressure
High-pressure and steam-jet cleaning
Protection against dust

Throughout the complete temperature


range, the permissible temperature error
results from multiplying the maximum
permissible pressure measuring error by
the temperature-error multiplier corresponding to the temperature in question.
Basic temperature +20...+110 C 1.0 1)
range
+20... 40 C 3.0 1)
+110...+120 C 1.6 1)
+120...+140 C 2.0 1)
1) In each case, increasing linearly to the
given value.

Accessories
Connector

1 237 000 039

0 281 002 257


50...400 kPa
70...360 kPa
600 kPa
40...+120 C
+20...+110 C
140 C
5 V 10 %
12 mA
UV
To ground and UV
100 k
100 nF
5 ms
20 g
IPX6K
IPX9K
IP6KX

22223_1021En_038-039

12.07.2001

10:01 Uhr

Seite 39

Pressure sensors

Maximum permissible pressure-measuring


error.

Characteristic curve (UV = 5 V).


UA
V
4

UA = U V

p abs
- 1
437.5 kPa 70

Error
% of
stroke, mV

39

Temperature-error multiplier.

2.0%, 80

1.8%, 72

1.2%, 48

2
1.6

D
N

1.0%, 40

50 100

200

50

300 kPa 400

3 2 1

400 kPa

-40

+20

110 120

Temperature

Connector-pin assignment
Pin 1 UA
Pin 2 +5 V
Pin 3 Ground

150 10

6 0,3

22,5
6,5 0,2

- 0,2

15,9

25

55,1

15,8 - 0,2
11,9 0,15

6,6 0,2
48,4 0,15
62,4

360

Explanation of symbols
UV Supply voltage
UA Output voltage (signal voltage)
k
Temperature-error multiplier
pabs Absolute pressure
g
Acceleration due to gravity
9.81 m s2
D
After endurance test
N
As-new state

Dimension drawings.
S 3-pole plug
O1 O-ring dia. 11.5x2.5 mm HNBR-75-ShA

70

Absolute pressure p abs

Absolute pressure pabs

1,2 x 45
3,6 0,3
7 0,3
9,3 0,3
27,8
29,6

140 C

22223_1021En_040-041

40

12.07.2001

10:20 Uhr

Seite 40

Pressure sensors

Medium-resistant absolute-pressure sensors


Micromechanical type
Measurement of pressure in gases and liquid mediums up to 600 kPa

p
U

P Delivery possible either without housing or inside rugged


housing.
P EMC protection up to
100 V m1.
P Temperature-compensated.
P Ratiometric output signal.
P All sensors and sensor cells
are resistive to fuels (incl.
diesel), and oils such as engine
lube oils.

14

3
Applications
These monolithic integrated silicon pressure sensors are high-precision measuring
elements for measuring the absolute pressure. They are particularly suitable for operations in hostile environments, for instance
for measuring the absolute manifold pressure in internal-combustion engines.
Design and function
The sensor contains a silicon chip with
etched pressure diaphragm. When a
change in pressure takes place, the
diaphragm is stretched and the resulting
change in resistance is registered by an
evaluation circuit. This evaluation circuit is
integrated on the silicon chip together with
the electronic calibration elements. During
production of the silicon chip, a silicon
wafer on which there are a number of sensor elements, is bonded to a glass plate.
After sawing the plate into chips, the individual chips are soldered onto a metal base
complete with pressure connection fitting.
When pressure is applied, this is directed
through the fitting and the base to the rear
side of the pressure diaphragm. There is a
reference vacuum trapped underneath the
cap welded to the base. This permits the
absolute pressure to be measured as well
as protecting the front side of the pressure
diaphragm. The programming logic integrated on the chip performs a calibration
whereby the calibration parameters are
permanently stored by means of thyristors
(Zener-Zapping) and etched conductive
paths. The calibrated and tested sensors
are mounted in a special housing for
attachment to the intake manifold.

56

Signal evaluation
The pressure sensor delivers an analog
output signal which is ratiometric referred
to the supply voltage. In the input stage of
the downstream electronics, we recommend the use of an RC low-pass filter with,
for instance, t = 2 ms, in order to suppress
any disturbance harmonics which may
occur. In the version with integrated temperature sensor, the sensor is in the form
of an NTC resistor (to be operated with
series resistor) for measuring the ambient
temperature.
Installation information
When installed, the pressure connection
fitting must point downwards in order that
condensate cannot form in the pressure
cell.

Construction
Sensors with housing:
This version is equipped with a robust
housing. In the version with temperature
sensor, the sensor is incorporated in the
housing.
Sensors without housing:
Casing similar to TO case, pressure is
applied through a central pressure fitting.
Of the available soldering pins the following
are needed:
Pin 6 Output voltage UA,
Pin 7 Ground,
Pin 8 +5 V.

22223_1021En_040-041

12.07.2001

10:20 Uhr

Seite 41

Pressure sensors

Accessories

Range
Pressure sensor integrated in rugged, media-resistant housing
Pressure range Chara. Features
Dimension
kPa (p1...p2) curve 1)
drawing 2)
20...115
1

4
1
20...250
1

4
1
10...115
1
Integrated temperature sensor 2
2
20...115
1
Integrated temperature sensor 2
2
20...250
1
Integrated temperature sensor 2
2
50...350
2
Integrated temperature sensor 5
(5) 3)
50...400
2
Integrated temperature sensor

50...600
2
Integrated temperature sensor 6
6
10...115
1
Hose connection
1
(1) 3)
15...380
2
Clip-type module with
3
3
connection cable

Part number
0 261 230 020
0 281 002 137
0 261 230 022
0 261 230 013
0 281 002 205
0 281 002 244
0 281 002 316
0 281 002 420
0 261 230 009
1 267 030 835

Pressure-sensor cells in casings similar to transistors


Suitable for installation inside devices
Pressure range Chara. Features
Dimension
Part number
kPa (p1...p2) curve 1)
drawing 2)
10...115
1

7
7
0 273 300 006
15...380
2

7
7
0 273 300 017
15...380
2

8
(7) 3) 0 261 230 036
20...105
1

7
7
0 273 300 001
20...115
1

7
7
0 273 300 002
20...250
1

7
7
0 273 300 004
50...350
2

7
7
0 273 300 010
50...400
2

7
7
0 273 300 019
50...400
2

8
(7) 3) 0 261 230 033
50...600
2

7
7
0 273 300 012
1) The characteristic-curve tolerance and the tolerance extension factor apply to all
versions, refer to Page 42.
2) See Page 43/44
3) For similar drawing, see dimension drawing on Pages 43/44
4) To be obtained from AMP Deutschland GmbH, Amperestr. 711, D-63225 Langen,
Tel. 0 61 03/7 09-0, Fax 0 61 03/7 09 12 23, E-Mail: AMP.Kontakt@tycoelectronics.com

For 0 261 230 009, .. 020;


0 281 002 137
Plug housing
1 928 403 870
Contact pin
2-929 939-1 4)
Individual gasket
1 987 280 106
For 0 261 230 013, .. 022;
0 281 002 205, ..420
Plug housing
1 928 403 913
Contact pin
2-929 939-1 4)
Individual gasket
1 987 280 106
For 0 281 002 244
Plug housing
Contact pin
Individual gasket

1 928 403 913


2-929 939-6 4)
1 987 280 106

For 0 281 002 420


Plug housing
Contact pin
Individual gasket

1 928 403 736


1 928 498 060
1 928 300 599

Note
Each 3-pole plug requires 1 plug housing,
3 contact pins, and 3 individual gaskets.
4-pole plugs require 1 plug housing,
4 contact pins, and 4 individual gaskets.

Technical data
Supply voltage UV
Current input IV at UV = 5 V
Load current at output
Load resistance to ground or UV
Lower limit at UV = 5 V
Upper limit at UV = 5 V
Output resistance to ground UV open
Output resistance to UV, ground open
Response time t10/90
Operating temperature

V
mA
mA
k
V
V
k
k
ms
C

min.
4.5
6
0.1
50
0.25
4.75
2.4
3.4

40

typical
5
9

0.30
4.80
4.7
5.3
0.2

max.
5.5
12.5
0.1

0.35
4.85
8.2
8.2

+125

Limit data
Supply voltage UV
Operating temperature

V
C

40

16
+130

Recommendation for signal evaluation


Load resistance to UH = 5.5...16 V
Load resistance to ground
Low-pass resistance
Low-pass capacitance

k
k
k
nF

680
100
21.5
100

C
mA
k
s

40

2,5 5 %

+125
1 5)

45

Temperature sensor
Measuring range
Nominal voltage
Measured current at +20 C
Temperature time constant t63 6)
5) Operation with series resistor 1 k.
6) In air with airflow speed 6 m s1.

41

22223_1021En_042-044

42

12.07.2001

10:08 Uhr

Seite 42

Pressure sensors

Micromechanical TO-design absolute-pressure sensors (contd.)


Measurement of pressures in gases and liquid media up to 600 kPa

Characteristic curve 1 (UV = 5.0 V).

Characteristic-curve tolerance.
p %
p
3

5
4,65
4

105

P1
0

P2
0,2

0,4

0,6

0,8

1,0

Resistance R

Output voltage UA

Temperature-sensor characteristic curve.

104

R=f( )

1
-1
0,40
0

P1

P2

Pressure p

kPa

103

-2

102

-3

Characteristic curve 2 (UV = 5.0 V).

40

Pressure p kPa

Output voltage UA

4,50
4

120 C

40
80
Temperature

Explanation of symbols
UA Output voltage
UV Supply voltage
k Tolerance multiplication factor
D Following endurance test
N As-new state

Tolerance extension factor.

D
2

1
-40

0,50
0

40

80

120 C

Temperature
P1

P2

Pressure p

Block diagram.
E Characteristic curve: Sensitivity,
K Compensation circuit
O Characteristic curve: Offset,
S Sensor bridge, V Amplifier

kPa

Sectional views.
Pressure sensor in housing.
1 Pressure sensor, 2 pcb, 3 Pressure fitting,
4 Housing, 5 Temperature sensor,
6 Electrical bushing, 7 Glass insulation,
8 Reference vacuum,
9 Aluminum connection (bonding wire),
10 Sensor chip, 11 Glass base,
12 Welded connection,
13 Soldered connection.

10

11

13

12

Section through the installed pressure sensor.

Installed pressure sensor.


Version with temperature sensor.
2

E, K, O

22223_1021En_042-044

12.07.2001

10:08 Uhr

Seite 43

Pressure sensors

43

Dimension drawings. P Space required by plug and cable.

1 0 261 230 009

2 0 261 230 013, 0 261 230 022, 0 281 002 205

Connector-pin assignment
Pin 1 +5 V
Pin 2 Ground
Pin 3 Output signal
11,7 0,15

3,5
min. 1

Connector-pin assignment
Pin 1 Ground
Pin 2 NTC resistor
Pin 3 +5 V
Pin 4 Output signal
58
39

R 10

8,85

5
min. 1

17,6

15,1

28,2

70

27

15

6,8

12

min. 4

15,5

4 3

X
1

min. 35

20

16,2

6,6
20

+6

-60

49
36

2 1

1
2
3
4

11,7 0,15

4 0 261 230 020, 0 281 002 137

3 1 267 030 835

Connector-pin assignment
Pin 1 +5 V
R 10
Pin 2 Ground
Pin 3 Output signal
5,6 +- 0,05
0,15
2,6 0,45

12

7
1,5 +- 0,05
0,15 (3x)

7,8 0,15
20

26,7

70

60
(3x)

4 0,5

2,3 0,3

12 0,5

15,1

20 +- 0,25
0,05

16 +- 0,25
0,05

11,85 0,1

30

70 5

17

X
3

12,5 +- 0,3
0,5
20
16,2

19,5

28,2

17 +- 0,05
0,25

1 0,15
(3x)

25 +- 0,25
0,05
3,8 0,1
1,5 0,05

3,6 - 0,1 (3x)

Connector-pin assignment
Pin 1 Ground
Pin 2 +5 V
Pin 3 Vacant
Pin 4 Output signal

57

18

min. 4

0,15

15

26,7
7,8

22223_1021En_042-044

44

12.07.2001

10:08 Uhr

Seite 44

Pressure sensors

Micromechanical TO-design absolute-pressure sensors (contd.)


Measurement of pressures in gases and liquid media up to 600 kPa

Dimension drawings A Space required by plug and cable


B Space required when plugging in/unplugging

5 0 281 002 244

7 0 273 300 ..

Connector-pin assignment
Pin 1 Ground
Pin 2 NTC resistor
Pin 3 +5 V
Pin 4 Output signal

Sensor without housing


D Pressure-connection fitting
Pin 6 Output signal
Pin 7 Soldered

min.3

6
min.1
1
min.2 ,5
4
min.1

58

12,7 +- 0,5
0,1

1,5 0,1
7,62
2,54

9,3

58

2,54

15

2,5

18

16,6

10

39

8,5

30

min.1

PIN 8
7,62

D
15,5

PIN 7

17,7 0,2
18

12,5
1,7 max.

73

AIR

4 3 2 1

9,5

36 0,3

54

18

PIN 6

0,8 +- 0,15
0,05

7,6

1,5

8 0 261 230 036 ..


D Pressure connection
L In the area of the measuring
surface

6 0 281 002 246


Connector-pin assignment
Pin 1 Ground
Pin 2 NTC resistor
Pin 3 +5 V
Pin 4 Output signal

min.3
6
.
min 1

1
min.2 ,5
4
min.1

58
39
16,6

2,1

15,5

17,7 0,2
18

min.1

8,5 0,25

27

8,5

6,3
2,1

6,4 0,3

L
8,8 0,4

10

55

4
12

15

2,5

18

12,7
11,4 0,2

1,5 0,1

18

1,5
(3x)
6,7
6,9

13,6 0,25

73

OIL

7,6

4 3 2 1

9,5

36 0,3

54

5,2

13,9

22223_1021En_045-049

12.07.2001

10:04 Uhr

Seite 45

Pressure sensors

45

Pressure sensors
For pressures up to 1800 bar (180 Mpa)

P Ratiometric signal evaluation


(referred to supply voltage).
P Self-monitoring of offset and
sensitivity.
P Protection against polarity
reversal, overvoltage, and
short circuit of output to supply
voltage or ground.
P High level of compatibility
with media since this only
comes into contact with stainless steel.
P Resistant to brake fluids,
mineral oils, water, and air.
Application
Pressure sensors of this type are used
to measure the pressures in automotive
braking systems, or in the fuel-distributor
rail of a gasoline direct-injection engine,
or in a diesel engine with Common Rail
injection.

Only for 0 265 005 303


This sensor differs from conventional
sensors due to the following diagnostic
functions:
Offset errors
Amplification errors
can be detected by comparing two signal
paths in the sensor.
Storage conditions
Temperature range
30...+60 C
Relative air humidity
0...80 %
Maximum storage period
5 years
Through compliance with the above
storage conditions, it is ensured that the
sensor functions remain unchanged.
If the maximum storage conditions are
exceeded, the sensors should no longer be
used.
Explanation of symbols
Output voltage
UA
Supply voltage
UV
bar
Pressure

Characteristic curve.
UA = (0.8 p / pNom. + 0.1)UV

V
4.5
4
Output voltage UA

Design and function


Pressure measurement results from the
bending of a steel diaphragm on which are
located polysilicon strain-gauge elements.
These are connected in the form of a
Wheatstone bridge. This permits high
signal utilisation and good temperature
compensation.
The measurement signal is amplified in an
evaluation IC and corrected with respect to
offset and sensitivity. At this point, temperature compensation again takes place so
that the calibrated unit comprising
measuring cell and ASIC only has a very
low temperature-dependence level.
Part of the evaluation IC is applied for a
diagnostic function which can detect the
following potential defects:
Fracture of a bonding wire to the
measuring cell.
Fracture anywhere on any of the signal
lines.
Fracture of the bridge supply and
ground.

0.5
0

35

70

50

100

250

500

750

300

600

900

105
150

200

140
250

1000 1250 1500

1200 1500 1800


bar
Pressure p

22223_1021En_045-049

46

12.07.2001

10:04 Uhr

Seite 46

Pressure sensors

Pressure sensors (contd.)


For pressures up to 1800 bar (180 MPa)

Diagnostic function during self-test


(following switch-on). Only for
0 265 005 303.
Correctness of the calibration values
Function of the sensor signal path from
the sensor to the A/D converter of the
evaluation unit
Check of the supply lines.
Diagram:
Characteristic of the output voltage
following switch-on
Function of the signal and alarm paths
Detection of offset errors
Detection of short circuits in wiring
harness
Detection of overvoltage and undervoltage
If an error is detected during the sensors
self-test, the signal output is switched to
the voltage range > 96%UV.

Self-monitoring. Offset and sensitivity. Only for 0 265 005 303.


UA
UV
96 %

Error band
Limitation, working signal

90 %
Measuring
range

100 %

Error range
Offset error
Sensitivity error
12 %
4%

Error range
Error band
Pressure p

Measuring circuit.
Pressure sensor

Diagnostic function during normal


operation.
Only for 0 265 005 303.
Detection of offset errors
Detection of sensitivity errors (with pressure applied)
Wiring-harness function, detection of
wiring-harness short circuits
Detection of overvoltage and undervoltage
If an error is detected during the sensors
self-test, the signal output is switched to
the voltage range >96%UV.

ECU
3

+ 5 V (UV)

Pull up resistor
Signal (UA)
2
A/Dconverter
and
C
1

GND

Range
Pressure range
bar
(MPa)
140 (14)
250 (25)
1500 (150)

Sensor
Type
KV2 BDE

RDS2
RDS3

1800 (180)

RDS2
RDS3

Thread

Connector

Pin

M 10x1
M 10x1
M 12x1.5
M 12x1.5
M 12x1.5
M 12x1.5
M 12x1.5
M 18x1.5
M 18x1.5
M 18x1.5

Compact 1.1
PSA
Working circuit
Compact 1.1
Working circuit
Compact 1.1
Compact 1.1
Compact 1.1
Compact 1.1
Working circuit

Gold-plated

Silber-plated
Gold-plated
Silber-plated
Gold-plated
Gold-plated
Gold-plated
Gold-plated
Silber-plated

Dimens.
drawing
1
2
3
4
5
6
4
7
8
9

Page

Part number

47
48
48
48
48
49
48
49
49
49

0 261 545 006


0 265 005 303
0 281 002 238
0 281 002 405
0 281 002 498
0 281 002 522
0 281 002 398
0 281 002 472
0 281 002 534
0 281 002 504

Accessories
For 0 265 005 303
Plug housing

Quantity required: 1
AMP No.
Contact pins
for 0.75 mm2
Quantity required:3
AMP No.
Gaskets
for 1.4...1.9 mm2
Quantity required: 3
AMP No.
1) To be obtained from AMP Deutschland GmbH, Amperestr. 711, D-63225 Langen,
Tel. 0 61 03/7 09-0, Fax 0 61 03/7 09 12 23, E-Mail: AMP.Kontakt@tycoelectronics.com

2-967 642-1 1)
2-965 907-1 1)
2-967 067-1 1)

22223_1021En_045-049

12.07.2001

10:04 Uhr

Seite 47

Pressure sensors

47

Technical data
Pressure sensor
Pressure-sensor type
Application/Medium
Pressure range

bar
(MPa)
UV

Offset accuracy
Sensitivity accuracy at 5 V
In range 0...35 bar

FS 2)
of
measured
value

In range 35...140 bar


In range 35...250 bar
In range 35...1500 bar

In range 35...1800 bar


Input voltage, max. Us
V
Power-supply voltage UV
V
Power-supply current IV
mA
Output current IA
A...mA
Load capacity to ground
nF
Temperature range
C
Overpressure max. pmax
bar
Burst pressure pburst
bar
Tightening torque Ma
Nm
Response time T10/90
ms
Note: All data are typical values
1) RME = Rapeseed methyl ester
2) FS = Full Scale
3) Of measured value
4) Output current with pull-up resistor
5) +140 C for max. 250 h

0 261 545 006 0 265 005 303 0 281 002 238


0 281 002 405
KV2 BDE

RDS2
Unlead. fuel
Brake fluid
Diesel fuel or
RME 1)
140
250
1500
(14)
(25)
(150)
0.7 % FS
2.0 %
1.0 % FS
1.5 % FS

0.7 %

1.5 %

5.0 % 3)

16
5 0.25
9...15

13
40...+130
180
> 300
22 2
2

5 0.25
20
100...3

40...+120
350
> 500
20 2

1.0 % FS
1.5 % FS

2.0 % FS
2.5 % FS

16
5 0.25
9...15
2.5 mA 4)
10
40...+120 5)
1800
3000
35 5
5

Dimension drawings
Space required by plug, approx. 25 mm
Space required when plugging/unplugging, approx. 50 mm
SW = A/F size

0 281 002 498


0 281 002 522
RDS3
Diesel fuel or
RME 1)
1500
(150)
0.7 % FS

0 281 002 398


0 281 002 472
RDS2
Diesel fuel or
RME 1)
1800
(180)
1.0 % FS

0 281 002 534


0 281 002 504
RDS3
Diesel fuel or
RME 1)
1800
(180)
0.7 % FS

0.7 % FS

1.0 % FS

0.7 % FS

1.5 % FS

16
5 0.25
9...15

13
40...+130
2200
4000
35 5
2

2.3 % FS
16
5 0.25
9...15
2.5 mA 4)
10
40...+120 5)
2100
3500
70 2
5

1.5 % FS
16
5 0.25
9...15

13
40...+130
2200
4000
70 2
2

Connector-pin assignment
Pin 1 Ground
Pin 2 Output voltage UA
Pin 3 Supply voltage UV
59,8

24,4

3,8
Pin 2
S
2

90

30

M 10x1-6g

13

25

27

SW

2
1

21,5

8,5 0,3
2,8 0,1

0 261 545 006


140 bar

5,3 2

6
16,5 3

Pin 1

Pin 3

22223_1021En_045-049

48

12.07.2001

10:04 Uhr

Seite 48

Pressure sensors

Pressure sensors (contd.)


For pressures up to 1800 bar (180 MPa)

D
F
S

Dimension drawings
Space required by plug, approx. 25 mm
Space required when plugging/unplugging, approx. 50 mm
SW = A/F size

41 B
24,3 A

2
10 0,1

53,3
38 0,6
20,9 0,5
17,1 0,2
3
2,8 - 0,5

Pin 2

8,5 - 0,1
2,8 0,1

90

M10x1

25 - 0,1

SW 24

0 281 002 238


1500 bar

Connector-pin assignment
Pin 1 Ground
Pin 2 Output voltage UA
Pin 3 Supply voltage UV

22,1

0 265 005 303


250 bar

Gasket
Date of manufacture
3-pin plug

5,3 0,2
Pin 1

15,3 0,1

Pin 3

29 2

Pin 2

25

27

SW

1,5

30

0 281 002 405


1500 bar
0 281 002 398
1800 bar

M 12 x1,5

0,6 - 0,1
12,5

Pin 3

69 2

29 2
7

R
27
SW

Pin 2

M 12x1,5

1,5

13

25

Pin 1

16

24,4

0 281 002 498


1500 bar

30

0,6 - 0,1
12,5

Pin 1

Pin 3

16
68 2

5
21,5 2
6 0,5

0,1

2
SW

2
1

30

M 12x1,5

24,8

Pin 2

2,15 0,15
12,5

16,6 0,7
60,5 2

Pin 1

Pin 3

22223_1021En_045-049

12.07.2001

10:04 Uhr

Seite 49

Pressure sensors

Dimension drawings
Space required by plug, approx. 25 mm
Space required when plugging/unplugging, approx. 50 mm
SW = A/F size

0 281 002 522


1500 bar

D
F
S

Gasket
Date of manufacture
3-pin plug

Connector-pin assignment
Pin 1 Ground
Pin 2 Output voltage UA
Pin 3 Supply voltage UV

6
21,5 2
6
SW

Pin 2

24,4

0 281 002 472


1800 bar

30

0,6 - 0,1

M 12x1,5- 6g

13

25

27
2

2
1

12,5 2

Pin 1

Pin 3

16
59,3 2

29 2
3,8 - 2
7
3

Pin 2

12,6

15,5

M 18x1,5-6g

60

13

25

27

SW

2
1

S
2
1

Pin 1

F
24,4

30

Pin 3

17,1
69 2

0 281 002 534


1800 bar

21,5 2

17,1
15

Pin 2

12,6

15,5

M 18x1,5-6g

60

13

25

27

SW

2
1

S
2
1

2,5
24,4

0 281 002 504


1800 bar

Pin 3

6
30

Pin 1

60,4 2

21,5 2

17,1
15

Pin 2

12,6

15,5

M 18x1,5-6g

60

25

27

SW

2
1

S
2
1

2,5
30

6
60,8 2

Pin 1

Pin 3

49

22223_1021En_050-051

50

12.07.2001

10:03 Uhr

Seite 50

Temperature sensors

NTC temperature sensors


Measurement of air temperatures between 40 C and +130 C

R
P Measurement with temperature-dependent resistors.
P Broad temperature range.

Range
NTC temperature sensor
NTC resistor in plastic sheath

Temperature sensor (principle).


1 Electrical connection
2 Housing
3 NTC resistor

Block diagram.

Steel housing
Screw fastening

0 280 130 039

Polyamide housing
Plug-in mounting
Plug-in mounting

0 280 130 092


0 280 130 085

2
R( )

Accessories
For 0 280 130 039; .. 085
Connector
1 237 000 036
For 0 280 130 092
DesigFor cable
nation
cross-section
Plug
housing

Contact 0.5...1.0 mm2


pins
1.5...2.5 mm2
Individual 0.5...1.0 mm2
gaskets
1.5...2.5 mm2

Part number
1 928 403 137
1 987 280 103
1 987 280 105
1 987 280 106
1 987 280 107

Note
Each 2-pole plug requires 1 plug housing,
2 contact pins, and 2 individual gaskets.
For automotive applications, original AMP
crimping tools must be used.
Explanation of symbols:
R
Resistance

Temperature

Technical data
Part number
Illustration
Characteristic curve
Measuring range
Permissible temp., max.
Electrical resistance at 20 C
Electrical resistance at 10 C
Electrical resistance at +20 C
Electrical resistance at +80 C
Nominal voltage
Measured current, max.
Self-heating at max.
permissible power loss
P = 2 mW and
stationary air (23 C)
Thermal time constant 1)
Guide value for permissible
vibration acceleration
(sinusoidal vibration)
Corrosion-tested as per

C
C
k
k
k
k
V
mA

0 280 130 039


1
1
40...+130
+130
2.5 5 %
8.26...10.56
2.28...2.72
0.290...0.364
5
1

0 280 130 085


2
2
40...+130
+140
2.4 5.4 %

2.290...2.551

5
1

0 280 130 092


3
1
40...+130
+130
2.5 5 %
8.727...10.067
2.375...2.625

5
1

K
s

2
ca. 20

5 2)

2
44

100
DIN 50 018

300
DIN 50 018

m s2 100
DIN 50 018

1) At 20 C. Time required to reach 63% of final value for difference in resistance, given an abrupt increase in air temperature; air pressure 1000 mbar; air-flow rate 6 m s1.
3) Time constant
1
63 in air for a temperature jump of 80 C to +20 C at an air-flow rate of 6 m s .

22223_1021En_050-051

12.07.2001

10:03 Uhr

Seite 51

Temperature sensors

51

Dimension drawings.

4,5
6
2,5

30

M 12x1,5

15

8,5

5,2 0,2

SW19

0 280 130 085


B Mounting screw
X Thread in contact area
L Air flow
9,7-0,1

0 280 130 039


SW A/F size

-0,2

0
R1

4,5
3,5
26

15

15
22

R9
h12

48,5

R5

6,6
10

55

15 0,1

4,5

9,3

0 280 130 092

44

18

20,5 +0,5
9
B

Characteristic curve 1.

Characteristic curve 2.

10 4

Resistance R

10 4
Resistance R

6,5

H8

10 3

10 3

10 2

10 2

10
0

20 40 60 80 100 120C
Temperature

101
-40 -20

30
10

min. 8
max. 20

22

11,9

4 0,3

20

12,5

33,7

+0,1
-0,3

,5
R1

16

20 0,3

22

15 +0,1

M6

12 h12

ca.6

5,2 0,2

30,7 +0,5

20 40 60 80 100 120C
Temperature

Design and function


NTC sensor:
The sensing element of an NTC temperature sensor (NTC = Negative Temperature
Coefficient), is a resistor comprised of
metal oxides and oxidized mixed crystals.
This mixture is produced by sintering and
pressing with the addition of binding
agents. For automotive applications, NTC
resistors are enclosed in a protective
sheath.
If NTC resistors are exposed to external
heat, their resistance drops drastically
and, provided the supply voltage remains
constant, their input current climbs rapidly.
This property can be utilised for temperature measurement. NTC resistors are suitable for an extremely wide range of
ambient conditions, and with them it is
possible to measure a wide range of temperatures.
Installation instructions
Installation is to be such that the front part
of the sensing element is directly exposed
to the air flow.

22223_1021En_052-053

52

12.07.2001

10:06 Uhr

Seite 52

Temperature sensors

NTC temperature sensors


Measurement of liquid temperatures from 40 C to +130 C

R
P For a wide variety of liquidtemperature measurements
using temperature-dependent
resistors.

Design and function


NTC sensor:
The sensing element of the NTC temperature sensor (NTC = Negative Temperature
Coefficient) is a resistor comprised of metal
oxides and oxidized mixed crystals. This
mixture is produced by sintering and pressing with the addition of binding agents.
For automotive applications, NTC resistors
are enclosed in a protective housing.
If NTC resistors are exposed to external
heat, their resistance drops drastically
and, provided the supply voltage remains
constant, their input current climbs rapidly.
This property can be utilised for temperature measurement. NTC resistors are suitable for use in the most varied ambient
conditions, and with them it is possible to
measure a wide range of liquid temperatures.
Note
Each 2-pole plug requires 1 plug housing,
2 contact pins, and 2 individual gaskets.
For automotive applications, original AMP
crimping tools must be used.
Explanation of symbols
R
Resistance

Temperature

Temperature sensor (principle)


1 Electrical connection
2 Housing
3 NTC resistor

Diagram.

2
R( )

Characteristic curve.

10 4
Resistance R

NTC temperature sensor


Plastic-sheathed NTC resistor in a brass
housing

10 3

10 2

10
20

20 40 60 80 100 120C
Temperature

12.07.2001

10:06 Uhr

Seite 53

Temperature sensors

Dimension drawing.
S Plug
F Blade terminal
SW A/F size

0 281 002 209

60,9
28

0 280 130 026

SW19
S

1,2 0,1

15

7,5

M12x1,5

6,45 0,15

17

SW 19

0 280 130 093,


0 281 002 170

0 281 002 412

57,9
28

60,9

28

17

32,9

15

20

1,2 0,1
SW 19

7,5

15

M14x1,5

6,45 0,15
7,5

M12x1,5

1,2 0,1

16

6,45 0,15

17

15

7,5 -0,3

M12x1,5

50,5

28

53

20

SW 19

20

22223_1021En_052-053

Technical data
Part number
Application/medium
Measuring range
Tolerance at
+20 C
+100 C
Nominal resistance at 20 C
Electrical resistance at 10 C
+20 C
+80 C
Nominal voltage
Measured current, max.
Thermal time constant
Max. power loss at
T 1K and stationary air 23 C
Degree of protection 1)
Thread
Corrosion-tested as per
Plugs
Tightening torque
1) With single-conductor sealing
2) Saline fog 384 h

C
C
C
k
k
k
k
V
mA
s

0 280 130 026


Water
40...+130
1.2
3.4
2.5 5 %
8.2610.56
2.282.72
0.2900.364
5
1
44

0 280 130 093


Water
40...+130
1.2
3.4
2.5 5 %
8.727...10.067
2.375...2.625

5
1
44

0 281 002 170


Oil/Water
40...+150
1.5
0.8
2.5 6 %
8.244...10.661
2.262...2.760
0.3040.342
5
1
15

0 281 002 209


Water
40...+130
1.5
0.8
2.5 6 %
8.244...10.661
2.262...2.760
0.3040.342
5
1
15

0 281 002 412


Water
40...+130
1.5
0.8
2.5 6 %
8.244...10.661
2.262...2.760
0.3040.342
5
1
15

m s2

100

Nm

M 12 x 1.5
DIN 50 018
Jetronic,
Tin-plated pins
25

300
IP 54A
M 12 x 1.5
DIN 50 018
Compact 1,
Tin-plated pins
18

300
IP 64K
M 12 x 1.5
DIN 50 021 2)
Compact 1,
Gold-plated pins
18

300
IP 64K
M 12 x 1.5
DIN 50 021 2)
Compact 1.1,
Tin-plated pins
25

300
IP 64K
IP 64K
M 14 x 1.5
DIN 50 021 2)
Compact 1.1,
Tin-plated pins
20

Accessories
For 0 280 130 026
Designation

Part number

Connector

1 237 000 036

For 0 280 130 093, 0 281 002 170


DesigFor cable
Part number
nation
cross-section
Plug
housing

1 928 403 137


Contact 0.5 ... 1.0 mm2 1 987 280 103
pins
1.5 ... 2.5 mm2 1 987 280 105
Individual 0.5 ... 1.0 mm2 1 987 280 106
gaskets
1.5 ... 2.5 mm2 1 987 280 107

For 0 281 002 209, 0 281 002 412


DesigFor cable
Part number
nation
cross-section
Plug
housing

1 928 403 874


Contact 0.5 ... 1.0 mm2 1 928 498 060
pins
1.5 ... 2.5 mm2 1 928 498 061
Individual 0.5 ... 1.0 mm2 1 928 300 599
gaskets
1.5 ... 2.5 mm2 1 928 300 600

22223_1021En_054-055

54

12.07.2001

10:05 Uhr

Seite 54

Air-mass meters

Hot-film air-mass meter, type HFM 2


Measurement of air-mass throughflow up to 1080 kg / h
Qm
U
P Measurement of air mass
(gas mass) throughflow per unit
of time, independent of density
and temperature.
P Extensive measuring range.
P Highly sensitive, particularly
for small changes in flow rate.
P Wear-free since there are no
moving parts.
P Insensitive to dirt and
contamination.

Characteristic curves.

Operating principle.

V
1

Design and function


The sensor element comprises a ceramic
substrate containing the following thick-film
resistors which have been applied using
silk-screen printing techniques: Air-temperature-sensor resistor R, heater resistor
RH, sensor resistor RS, and trimmer resistor
R1.
The heater resistor RH maintains the platinum metallic-film resistor RS at a constant
temperature above that of the incoming air.
The two resistors are in close thermal
contact.
The temperature of the incoming air influences the resistor R with which the
trimmer resistor R1 is connected in series.
Throughout the complete operating-temperature range it compensates for the bridge
circuits temperature sensitivity. Together
with R2 and R, R1 forms one arm of the
bridge circuit, while the auxiliary resistor R3
and sensor resistor RS form the other arm.
The difference in voltage between the two
arms is tapped off at the bridge diagonal
and used as the measurement signal.
The evaluation circuit is contained on a
second thick-film substrate. Both hybrids
are integrated in the plastic housing of the
plug-in sensor.
The hot-film air-mass meter is a thermal
flowmeter. The film resistors on the ceramic substrate are exposed to the air mass
under measurement. For reasons associated with flow, this sensor is far less
sensitive to contamination than, for
example, a hot-wire air-mass meter, and
there is no need for the ECU to incorporate
a self-cleaning burn-off function.

Output voltage UA

C4

R5

Uk
R3

R2
+
-

Application
Measurement of air-mass flow rate to provide data needed for clean combustion.
Air-mass meters are suitable for use with
other gaseous mediums.

+
-

RT

RH
RS

1
0
0

200

400

600

800

kg . h -1

R1

1 2 3 4

Mass rate of flow Qm

Technical data / Range


Part number
Characteristic curve
Installation length L mm
Air-flow measuring
range
Accuracy referred to
measured value
Supply voltage
Input current
at 0 kg h1
at Qm nom.
Time constant 1)
Temperature range
Sustained
Short-term
Pressure drop
at nominal air
mass hPa
Vibration acceleration
max.
1)

0 280 217 102 0 280 217 120 0 280 217 519 0 280 217 801
0 280 217 107
1
2
3
4
130
130
130
130
96

kg h1 10...350

10...480

12...640

20...1080

%
V

4
14

4
14

4
14

4
14

A
A
ms

0,25
0,8
20

0,25
0,8
20

0,25
0,8
20

0,25
0,8
20

C
C

30...+110
40...+125

30...+110
40...+125

30...+110
40...+125

30...+110
40...+125

mbar

<15

<15

<15

<15

m s2 150

150

150

150

In case of sudden increase of the air-mass flow from 10 kg h1 auf 0.7 Qm nominal, time required to reach 63%
of the final value of the air-mass signal.

22223_1021En_054-055

12.07.2001

10:05 Uhr

Seite 55

Air-mass meters

Installation instructions
Water and other liquids must not collect in
the measurement venturi. The measurement venturi must therefore be inclined by
at least 5 relative to the horizontal. Since
care must be taken that the intake air is
free of dust, it is imperative that an air filter
is fitted.

Dimension drawings.
E Plug-in sensor, M Measurement venturi, S1/S2 Plug connection
43 0,5

S1

28
R

18 0,3

45

4,5 0,3

5 0,3

A
60
70
70
80
95.6

B
66
76
76
86
102

20

K 0,5

22,3 0,3

C
70
50
70
70
70

D
73
69
69
73
76.2

M 1

E
86
82
82
86
91.2

H
33
34.8
33.5
39
45

K
75

85

110

L
130
96
130
130
130

22

S1

M
82

92

117

R
37
42
42

54

Measurement venturi
KS
KS
KS
KS
Alu

Plug-in
connection
S1
S1
S2
S2
S1

Part number
0 280 217 102
0 280 217 107
0 280 217 120
0 280 217 519
0 280 217 801

S2

A 0,4
47

A 0,5

47

A 0,5

25 0,25
A 0,4
B

4 3 2 1

M6
50 0,25
68

38 0,2

Plug-in sensor.
1 Sensor, 2 Hybrid, 3 Power module,
4 Mounting plate, 5 Heat sink, 6 Plug housing

Sensor element with thick-film resistors.


QM Mass rate of flow, R1 Trimmer resistor,
RH Heater resistor, RS Sensor resistor,
RT Air-temperature measuring resistor,
A Front, B Rear

A
RT

T
G

R1

RS
2
B
3

RH

Connector-pin assignment
Pin 1 Ground
Pin 2 UA ()
Pin 3 UV
Pin 4 UA (+)

For 0 280 217 102, .. 107, .. 801


Plug housing
1 284 485 118
Receptacle
1 284 477 121 1)
Protective cap
1 280 703 023 1)
Each 4-pole plug requires 1 plug housing,
4 receptacles, and 1 protective cap.
1) Quantity 5 per package
For 0 280 217 120, .. 519
DesigFor conductor Part number
nation
cross-section
Plug
housing

1 928 403 112


Contact 0.5...1.0 mm2 1 987 280 103
pin
1.5...2.5 mm2 1 987 280 105
Individual 0.5...1.0 mm2 1 987 280 106
gasket
1.5...2.5 mm2 1 987 280 107
Each 4-pole plug requires 1 plug housing,
4 contact pins, and 4 individual gaskets.

Qm

Explanation of symbols:
R1
Trimmer resistor
R2, R3 Auxiliary resistors
R5, C4 RC element
RH
Heater resistor
RS
Platinum metal-film resistor
RT
Resistance of the air-temperaturesensor resistor
UK
Bridge supply voltage
UA
Output voltage
UV
Supply voltage

Accessories

68

4 3 2 1

55

S
H2
H1

Note
For automotive applications, original AMP
crimping tools must be used.

22223_1021En_056-057

56

12.07.2001

10:07 Uhr

Seite 56

Air-mass meters

Hot-film air-mass meter, Type HFM 5


Measurement of air-mass throughflow up to 1000 kg/h
Qm
U
P Compact design.
P Low weight.
P Rapid response.
P Low power input.
P Return-flow detection.

Application
In order to comply with the vehicle
emission limits demanded by law, it is
necessary to maintain a given air/fuel ratio
exactly.
This requires sensors which precisely
register the actual air-mass flow and output
a corresponding electrical signal to the
open and closed-loop control electronics.
Design
The micromechanical sensor element is
located in the plug-in sensors flow passage. This plug-in sensor is suitable for
incorporating in the air filter or, using a
measurement venturi, in the air-intake passages. There are different sizes of measurement venturi available depending upon
the air throughflow. The micromechanical
measuring system uses a hybrid circuit,
and by evaluating the measuring data is
able to detect when return flow takes place
during air-flow pulsation.

Technical data / range


14 V
8...17 V
0...5 V
< 0.1 A
150 ms2
15 ms
30 ms
40...+120 C 3)

Nominal supply voltage UN


Supply-voltage range UV
Output voltage UA
Input current IV
Permissible vibration acceleration
Time constant 63 1)
Time constant 2)
Temperature range

0 280 217 123


Part number
Measuring range Qm 8...370 kg/h
3%
Accuracy 4)
22 mm
Fitting length LE
20 mm
Fitting length LA
Installation length L 96 mm
Connection diam. D 60 mm
50 mm
Venturi ID

0 280 218 019


10...480 kg/h
3%
22 mm
20 mm
96 mm
70 mm
62 mm

0 280 217 531


12...640 kg/h
3%
22 mm
20 mm
130 mm
80 mm
71 mm

0 280 218 008


12...850 kg/h
3%
16 mm
16 mm
100 mm
86/84 mm 6)
78 mm

0 281 002 421


15...1000 kg/h
3%
22 mm
20 mm
130 mm
92 mm
82 mm

Pressure drop at
nominal air mass 5) < 20 hPa
Temperature sensor Yes
1
Version

< 15 hPa
Yes
2

< 15 hPa
Yes
3

< 15 hPa
No
4

< 15 hPa
Yes
5

1)

Operating principle
The heated sensor element in the air-mass
meter dissipates heat to the incoming air.
The higher the air flow, the more heat is
dissipated. The resulting temperature differential is a measure for the air mass flowing
past the sensor.
An electronic hybrid circuit evaluates this
measuring data so that the air-flow quantity
can be measured precisely, and its direction of flow.
Only part of the air-mass flow is registered
by the sensor element. The total air mass
flowing through the measuring tube is
determined by means of calibration, known
as the characteristic-curve definition.

In case of sudden increase of the air-mass flow from 10 kg h1 auf 0,7 Qm nominal, time required to reach
63% of the final value of the air-mass signal.
2) Period of time in case of a throughflow jump of the air mass | m/m | 5%.
3) For a short period up to +130 C.
4) |Q /Q |: The measurement deviation Q from the exact value, referred to the measured value Q .
m
m
m
m
5) Measured between input and output
6) Inflow/outflow end

Accessories for connector


Plug housing
1 928 403 836

Contact pins
Individual gaskets For conductor cross-section
1 987 280 103
1 987 280 106
0.5...1 mm2
1 987 280 105
1 987 280 107
1.5...2.5 mm2
Note: Each 5-pole plug requires 1 plug housing, 5 contact pins, and 5 individual gaskets.
For automotive applications, original AMP crimping tools must be used.

Application
In internal-combustion engines, this sensor
is used for measuring the air-mass flow
so that the injected fuel quantity can be
adapted to the presently required power, to
the air pressure, and to the air temperature.

Explanation of symbols

Qm
Air-mass flow rate
Qm
Absolute accuracy
Qm /Qm Relative accuracy

Time until measuring error is


63

5%
Time until measured-value change
63%

22223_1021En_056-057

12.07.2001

10:07 Uhr

Seite 57

Air-mass meters

Function diagram with connector-pin assignment.


1 Additional temperature sensor u (not on version 4, Part number 0 280 218 008),
2 Supply voltage UV, 3 Signal ground, 4 Reference voltage 5 V, 5 Measurement signal UA.
Temperature-dependence of the resistor, RH Heater resistor, UK Constant voltage

57

HFM 5 plug-in sensor design.


1 Measuring-passage cover, 2 Sensor,
3 Mounting plate, 4 Hybrid-circuit cover,
5 Hybrid, 6 Plug-in sensor, 7 O-ring,
8 Auxiliary temperature sensor.

4
1

2
5

3
2

UK
4

RH

Air-mass meter output voltage.

0 280 218 008


4
UA/V

1.3395
1.6251
2.0109
2.5564
3.2655
3.6717
3.9490
4.2600
4.5727

0 280 002 421


5
UA/V

1.2315
1.4758
1.8310
2.3074
2.9212
3.2874
3.5461
3.8432
4.1499
4.3312

5
1
Output voltage UA

Output voltage UA = f(Qm) of the air-mass meter


Part number
0 280 217 123 0 280 218 019 0 280 217 531
Characteristic curve 1
2
3
Qm/kg/h
UA/V
UA/V
UA/V
1118
1.4837
1.2390

1110
1.5819
1.3644
1.2695
1115
1.7898
1.5241
1.4060
1130
2.2739
1.8748
1.7100
1160
2.8868
2.3710
2.1563
1120
3.6255
2.9998
2.7522
1250
4.4727
3.7494
3.5070
1370
4.9406
4.1695
3.9393
1480

4.4578
4.2349
1640

4.5669
1850

1000

600

800 1000 kg/ h

Temperature-dependence R = f() of the temperature sensor


Temperature C
40
30
20
10
0
10
Resistance R
k 39.26 22.96 13.85 8.609 5.499 3.604
Temperature C
50
60
70
80
90
100
Resistance R

835
609
452
340
261
202

20
2.420
110
159

30
1.662
120
127

200

Nominal resistance R Nom. at 25 C: 2.00 k 5 %

400

Air-mass flow Q m

Dimensions overview of the HFM 5.


1 Plug-in sensor, 2 Throughflow direction,
3 Measurement venturi.

Temperature-resistance diagram of the temperature sensor.

40

40
1.166
130
102

Resistance R

30

20

D
3

10

R Nom.

0
- 40

LE

-20

20

40
Temperature

60

80

100

LA

C
L

22223_1021En_058-060

58

12.07.2001

10:06 Uhr

Seite 58

Lambda oxygen sensors

Lambda oxygen sensors, Type LSM 11


For measuring the oxygen content

U
P Principle of the galvanic
oxygen concentration cell with
solid electrolyte permits measurement of oxygen concentration, for instance in exhaust
gases.
P Sensors with output signal
which is both stable and insensitive to interference, as well
as being suitable for extreme
operating conditions.

Application
Combustion processes
Oil burners
Gas burners
Coal-fired systems
Wood-fired systems
Bio refuse and waste
Industrial furnaces
Engine-management systems
Lean-burn engines
Gas engines
Block-type thermal power stations
Industrial processes
Packaging machinery and installations
Process engineering
Drying plants
Hardening furnaces
Metallurgy (steel melting)
Chemical industry (glass melting)
Measuring and analysis processes
Smoke measurement
Gas analysis
Determining the Wobb index

Range
Sensor
Total length = 2500 mm
Total length = 650 mm
* Standard version

0 258 104 002*


0 258 104 004

Accessories
Connector for heater element
Plug housing
1 284 485 110
Receptacles 1)
1 284 477 121
Protective cap
1 250 703 001
Connector for the sensor
Coupler plug
1 224 485 018
Blade terminal 1)
1 234 477 014
Protective cap
1 250 703 001
Special grease for the screw-in thread
Tin 120 g
5 964 080 112
1) 5 per pack
2 needed in each case

Special accessories
Please enquire regarding analysing unit
LA2. This unit processes the output signals
from the Lambda oxygen sensors listed
here, and displays the Lambda values in
digital form. At the same time, these values
are also made available at an analog output, and via a multislave V24 interface.

Installation instructions
The Lambda sensor should be installed at
a point which permits the measurement of
a representative exhaust-gas mixture, and
which does not exceed the maximum
permissible temperature. The sensor is
screwed into a mating thread and tightened
with 5060 N m.
Install at a point where the gas is as hot
as possible.
Observe the maximum permissible
temperatures.
As far as possible install the sensor vertically, whereby the electrical connections
should point upwards.
The sensor is not to be fitted near to the
exhaust outlet so that the influence of the
outside air can be ruled out. The exhaustgas passage opposite the sensor must be
free of leaks in order to avoid the effects of
leak-air.
Protect the sensor against condensation
water.
The sensor body must be ventilated from
the outside in order to avoid overheating.
The sensor is not to be painted, nor is
wax to be applied or any other forms of
treatment. Only the recommended grease
is to be used for lubricating the threads.
The sensor receives the reference air
through the connection cable. This means
that the connector must be clean and dry.
Contact spray, and anti-corrosion agents
etc. are forbidden.
The connection cable must not be
soldered. It must only be crimped,
clamped, or secured by screws.

22223_1021En_058-060

12.07.2001

10:06 Uhr

Seite 59

Lambda oxygen sensors

59

Technical data
Application conditions
Temperature range, passive (storage-temperature range)
Sustained exhaust-gas temperature with heating switched on
Permissible max. exhaust-gas temperature with heating switched on
(200 h cumulative)
Operating temperature
of the sensor-housing hexagon
At the cable gland
At the connection cable
At the connector
Temperature gradient at the sensor-ceramic front end
Temperature gradient at the sensor-housing hexagon
Permissible oscillations at the hexagon
Stochastic oscillations acceleration, max.
Sinusoidal oscillations amplitude
Sinusoidal oscillations acceleration
Load current, max.
Heater element
Nominal supply voltage (preferably AC)
Operating voltage
Nominal heating power for Gas = 350 C and exhaust-gas flow speed
of 0.7 m s1 at 12 V heater voltage in steady state
Heater current at 12 V steady state
Insulation resistance between heater and sensor connection
Data for heater applications
Lambda control range
Sensor output voltage for = 1.0252.00 at Gas = 220 C
and a flow rate of 0.40.9 m s1
Sensor internal resistance Ri~ in air at 20 C and at 12 V heater voltage
Sensor voltage in air at 20 C in as-new state and at 13 V heater voltage
Manufacturing tolerance in as-new state (standard deviation 1 s)
at Gas = 220 C and a flow rate of approx. 0.7 m s1
at = 1.30
at = 1.80
Relative sensitivity US/ at = 1.30
Influence of the exhaust-gas temperature on sensor signal for a temperature increase
from 130 C to 230 C, at a flow rate 0.7 m s1
at = 1.30;
Influence of heater-voltage change 10 % of 12 V at Gas = 220 C
at = 1.30;
at = 1.80;
Response time at Gas = 220 C and approx. 0.7 m s1 flow rate
As-new values for the 66% switching point; jump = 1.10 1.30
for jump in the lean direction
for jump in the rich direction
Guideline value for sensors readines for control point to be reached
after switching on oil burner and sensor heater;
Gas 220 C; flow rate approx. 1.8 m s1;
= 1.45; sensor in exhaust pipe dia. 170 mm
Sensor ageing in heating-oil exhaust gas after 1,000 h continuous burner operation
with EL heating oil; measured at Gas = 220 C
at = 1.30
at = 1.80
Useful life for Ga < 300 C
2)

See characteristic curves.

3)

Upon request 8.5...12 mV.

Warranty claims
In accordance with the general Terms of
Delivery A17, warranty claims can only be
accepted under the conditions that permissible fuels were used. That is, residue-free,
gaseous hydrocarbons and light heating oil
in accordance with DIN 51 603.

40+100 C
+150+600 C
+800 C
+500 C
+200 C
+150 C
+120 C
+100 K/s
+150 K/s
800 m s2
0.3 mm
300 m s2
1 A

12 Veff
1213 V
16 W
1.25 A
> 30 M

1.002.00
683.5 mV 2)
250
9...15 mV 3)
0.013
0.050
0.65 mV/0.01
0.01
0.009
0.035

2.0 s
1.5 s

70 s
0.012
0.052
In individual cases to be checked by
customer; guideline value > 10,000 h

22223_1021En_058-060

60

12.07.2001

10:06 Uhr

Seite 60

Lambda oxygen sensors

U
Dimension drawing.
A Signal voltage, B Heater voltage, C Cable sleeve and seals,
D Protective tube, E Protective sleeve, L Overall length. ws White,
sw Black, g Grey.

L
66

L-200

22,6
M 18 x1,5 6e
12

28,2

ws

21,8

10,5
SW 22

X
+

sw

-A

E
D

Characteristic curve: Propane gas


(lean range).
mV
30
Sensor voltage US

Air

Us

mV

UH = 12 V
A = 220C

800

20

10

UH = 12 V
A = 220C

a
1

600

400

200
2
0

Design and function


The ceramic part of the Lambda sensor
(solid electrolyte) is in the form of a tube
closed at one end. The inside and outside
surfaces of the sensor ceramic have a
microporous platinum layer (electrode)
which, on the one hand, has a decisive influence on the sensor characteristic, and
on the other, is used for contacting purposes. The platinum layer on that part of the
sensor ceramic which is in contact with the
exhaust gas is covered with a firmly bonded, highly porous protective ceramic layer
which prevents the residues in the exhaust
gas from eroding the catalytic platinum
layer. The sensor thus features good longterm stability.
The sensor protrudes into the flow of exhaust gas and is designed such that the exhaust gas flows around one electrode,
whilst the other electrode is in contact with
the outside air (atmosphere). Measurements are taken of the residual oxygen content in the exhaust gas.
The catalytic effect of the electrode surface
at the sensors exhaust-gas end produces
a step-type sensor-voltage profile in the
area around = 1. 1)

Characteristic curve: Complete range.


1 Closed-loop control = 1; 2 Lean control
a Rich A/F mixture, b Lean A/F mixture

Sensor voltage US



,,,,
 ,

Lambda sensor in exhaust pipe (principle).


1 Sensor ceramic, 2 Electrodes, 3 Contact,
4 Housing contact, 5 Exhaust pipe, 6 Ceramic
protective coating (porous).

Exhaust gas

73

1.0

1.2

1.4

1.6

3.31

5.71

7.54

1.8

2.0

8.98 10.14%O2

The active sensor ceramic (ZrO2) is heated


from inside by means of a ceramic Wolfram
heater so that the temperature of the sensor ceramic remains above the 350 C
function limit irrespective of the exhaustgas temperature. The ceramic heater
features a PTC characteristic, which results in rapid warm-up and restricts the
power requirements when the exhaust gas
is hot. The heater-element connections are
completely decoupled from the sensor
signal voltage (R 30 M). Additional
design measures serve to stabilize the lean
characteristic-curve profile of the Type
LSM11 Lambda sensor at > 1.0...1.5 (for
special applications up to = 2.0):
Use of powerful heater (16 W)
Special design of the protective tube
Modified electrode/protective-layer
system.

The excess-air factor () is the ratio between the actual and the ideal air/fuel ratio.

1)

0.8

1.0

1.2

1.4

1.6
Excess-air factor

1.8 2.0

The special design permits:


Reliable control even with low exhaustgas temperatues (e.g. with engine at idle),
Flexible installation unaffected by external
heating,
Function parameters practically independent of exhaust-gas temperature,
Low exhaust-gas values due to the
sensors rapid dynamic response,
Little danger of contamination and thus
long service life,
Waterproof sensor housing.
Explanation of symbols

US Sensor voltage
UH Heater voltage
A

O2

Exhaust-gas temperature
Excess-air factor 1)
Oxygen concentration in %

22223_1021En_U3

27.06.2001

8:05 Uhr

Seite 3

Sensors

If your requirements go beyond our sensor range, please indicate this


on the following data sheet. In the case of modifications, please state
the product with which you are familiar in the box below.

Enquiry data sheet

Please use the data sheet printed here as a copy and return
the copy to us after filling it in appropriately.

Bosch
Part No.:

Address:

Customer address:

Robert Bosch GmbH


Abt. KH/PKN
Postfach 41 09 60
D-76225 Karlsruhe
Fax: 07 21/9 42-25 20

Your ref.

Our department/person to contact

Telephone (extension)

Date

Project, application:

Sensor requirements
Measured variable:

Secondary conditions:

Remarks:

Usage conditions

Quantity required

Brief description:

Once-only

Qty.

Envisaged delivery date


Following quantity on following dates
Date
Quantity
Yearly
Specifications available

Yes

No

Qty.

Monthly

Qty.

Advice required
2001/2002

Product Information
LSU Planar Wide-Band Lambda Sensor

1 2

10

LSU Planar Wide-Band Lambda Sensor

LSU Planar Wide-Band Lambda Sensor Cross-Section

Short-form description

1 Sensor element

6 Protection sleeve

centration in the exhaust gas. This enables the air/fuel

2 Double protection tube

7 Contact bracket

ratio () in the combustion chamber to be established.

3 Seal ring

8 Contact clip

4 Seal packing
5 Sensor housing

9 PTFE grommet
10 PTFE formed hose

Lambda sensors are used to determine the oxygen con-

LSU wide-band lambda sensors can obtain extremely


precise measurements at the stoichiometric point
(=1) as well as in the lean (>1) and rich (<1)
ranges. They supply a constant signal across a wide

Customer benets in general

measuring range. The sensor is suitable for gasoline

E Continous control
E Safe adherence to stringent exhaust gas and OBD

=1 control as well as for the lambda control of leanburn gasoline engines, and for both diesel and gaspowered engines.

legislation

E Reduced light-off time ( 5 s) and fast response


Design and function

times

The modular design of the planar technology allows


Additional benets (gasoline engine)

various functional elements, such as measuring cell

E Operating of catalytic converter at best conditions

and heater element, to be integrated in a single sensor


element.

and with reduced noble metal content


Individual cylinder balancing capable

E
E High temperature resistance and functional

The sensor element of the LSU wide-band lambda


sensor is comprised of a Nernst concentration cell

reliability

(O2 measuring cell) in combination with an oxygen

E Very long service life

pump cell that transports oxygen ions.


Additional benets (diesel engine)

E Up to 20 % advantage with emissions for Euro-4


E No clouds of smoke when accelerating
E Improved engine protection (full load protection)
E Required for regeneration strategy for NO
X

accumulator catalytic converters

In an oxygen pump cell, oxygen ions are pumped


from the cathode to the anode when an electrical volt-

exhaust gas standard

age is applied to a zircon-dioxide ceramic.


In the LSU sensor, the oxygen pump cell and the
Nernst concentration cell are arranged in such a way
as to produce a diffusion gap between them. This gap
contains two porous platinum electrodes, a pump electrode and a Nernst measuring electrode.

The diffusion gap is in contact with the exhaust gas

mA

through a gas ingress aperture. The components of


the exhaust gas diffuse through the diffusion gap to

Pump Current p

3.0

the electrodes of the oxygen pump cell and the Nernst


concentration cell, where they are thermodynamically

2.0

balanced. A porous diffusion barrier already in place in


1.0

the diffusion gap restricts follow-on ow. As a result,


when the pump voltage is sufcient, a limit current is

achieved that is proportional to the excess or decit of


oxygen in the exhaust gas.

1.0
2.0
0.7

An electronic circuit controls the pump ow through


1.0 1.3 1.6 1.9 2.2
Standardised A/F-relation

the oxygen pump cell in such a way that the composition of the gas in the diffusion gap remains constant

LSU Planar Wide-Band Lambda Sensor Signal

=1. This is measured by the Nernst cell. If the exhaust


gas is lean, the oxygen pump cell is activated to pump
oxygen out of the diffusion gap. If the exhaust gas is
rich, the direction of ow is reversed so that the cell

Sensor cell

pumps oxygen into the diffusion gap. The ow from

Pump cell

Exhaust
gas

the pump is proportional to the oxygen concentration

Diffusion barrier
Sensor signal

in the lean exhaust gas or to the oxygen decit in the


rich exhaust gas.
In conjunction with a control system, the sensor

Control loop

delivers a steady, constant electrical signal over a


wide lambda range (0.65<<air). The integrated heater
ensures that the necessary operating temperature is
maintained. The inuence of the exhaust gas temperature on the temperature of the sensor ceramic, and

Reference air duct

Heater

thus on the temperature-dependent sensor functions,

LSU Planar Wide-Band Lambda Sensor Design

is practically eliminated by controlled sensor heating.


The sensors direct heater also has the effect of heating the sensor element very rapidly so that it is ready
for lambda control within a few seconds of the engine

Technical data
Measuring range

= 0.65 air

Maximum permissible temperature


Exhaust gas

Every sensor needs a specic operational electronic


1,030 C

Sensor hexagon

680 C

Sensor cable exit

280 C

Minimum installation height

being started (Fast Light Off).

circuit. This will contain the internal control electronics


for the oxygen pump cell and the Nernst concentration
cell to generate the sensor signal. It also contains the
electronic circuit for controlling the sensor temperature.

84 mm

Weight

approx. 130 g

Service life up to

240,000 km

All rights reserved by Robert Bosch GmbH, also for the event
of registration of industrial property rights. All rights of disposal, including copyright and right of distribution, reserved.

Robert Bosch GmbH


Gasoline Systems
GS/MKT
Postfach 30 02 40
70442 Stuttgart
GERMANY

Robert Bosch GmbH


Diesel Systems
DS/EDS
Postfach 30 02 40
70442 Stuttgart
GERMANY

gs.sensors@de.bosch.com

ds.sensors@de.bosch.com

Printed in Germany
1 987 789 195-GS-EX/MKT-0905

You might also like